MBBS Adtnission Test (AMU) 2004-05

I. The dimensional (a) MUT-IC-I (c) M L~T-~C-I 2

, A body osccillates x 5.0 cas (2rr I displacement. sp

(a)

0,

-IOn

(c) 2.5,+20rr, . Standing wa sc nometer wire 4 nodes. Then 3 (a) L=-A 2

..,
)

formula for magnetic flux is :

(b) (d) MUT-~C-I M LT-~C-3

The figure below shows a pipe and gives the value rate of flow (in cmvsecj-and the direction offlow for all but one section. The volume flow rate and the direction offlow for that section is: (a) lScrn'(s, into the pipe (b) 6cm)/s. out ofthe pipe 01 (c) 8cm'/s into the pipe 13 J/s, out of the pipe (d) 13cm 3. Two wires A and B ofthe same material have their lengths in the ratio 1:3and their diameters in the ratio 3: I Ifthey are stretched by the same force, the ratio of the increase in lengths of A to B is : . (a) 1:3 (b) 1:9 (c) 1:27 (d) 1:81 4. A point object traverses half the distance with velocity II . The remaining part of the distance was covered with velocity VI for half the time and with velocity V, for the rest half. The average velocity of the object for the whole journey is :

4~Lf-;C6 In .

The only force F acting on a 2.0 kg body ast moves along thex-axis varies as shown in the figures. The velocity of the body along positiv x-axis at x= 0 is 4 m/s. The kinetic energy of the body at x = 3.0 rn is: (a) 4 J F, +4 ""I 2 (b) 8 J 4 3 (N) (c) 12 J o~ ... __ -4 ._._ _. "---'-_ (d) 16 J 9. A horizontal beam of thermal neutrons with velocity v = 2.2 x 103 meters/see is directed to hit a target I. I meter away. If gravity is the only force, the beam would miss the target approximately by: (a) 1.01 x 10-6meters (b) 1.25 x 10--6 meters (c) 1.1 x 10--6meters (d) 4.4 x 10--6 meters 10. A river 4.0 miles wide is flowing at the rate of2 miles/hr. The minimum time taken by a boat to cross the river with a speed v = 4 miles/hr (in still water) is approximately: (a) I hr and 9 minutes (b) 2 hr and 7 minutes (c) I hr and 13 minutes
(d) 2 hr and 25 minutes

8.

(c)

L=-4"

I\. mass /1/ is tit and made to 111 while a the tor lowest positio (a) 2mg (Ii

For a given a velocity is do becomes: (a) Half

(c) Two time

I\. stationery P with kinetic energy of the liberated is:

(a) (c)

11196

11200
i:

(a) 2vI (vo+v~) I (vo + 2vI + 2v~) (b) 2vo (Vo+vl) I (vo + VI + v) (c) 2vo (VI+V~) / (VI

An clcvator

+ v~ + 2v) (d) 2v~ (VO+"I) I (VI + 2V2 + vo)

5.

A monochromatic light wave of wave length A. enters a medius of refractive index 11= Z. Which of the following statements-is true: (a) speed and frequency are halved and wave length does not change. (b) .speed and wave length are halved and fre quency does nor change. (c) frequency is halved while wave length and speed do not change (d) wave length, speed and frequency are all halved 6. Number of images formed when -two plane mirrors are placed inclined at an angle 30 arc:
(a) II (0) 12 (c) 13 (d) 15

II. A small mass m is slipping over a frictionless incline (as shown in the figures) made of wood of mass M. The acceleration a by which the incline should be pushed so that the block m remains stationary is :
(a)

ft/sec: \\ hell I 1100r of the Ii taken (in see floor is (take

(a)

--1'2

.K ..f3

(b)

-g

..f3

I\. projectile

with an initia
(mass ulcart h. the chana
(a)

(c)

(d)

(iM (iM

lIlil lIlil

12.

planet goes round the SUIl three times as fasl as the earth. If rand,. are the radi i of orbit of I' c the planet and the earth respectively then:
1\
3

(h)

(c )

(i;-"ll11i1 1111

\,I) (iM
(j is

7.

A ray oflight is incident on a surface separating two media at Brewster angle 0 = 300. The refractive index ofthe Il I - . second medium with respect to t ie first IS: (a) 1.1 (b) 1.4 (e) 1.7 (d) 2.0

(a) rc (c) rc
I

=9r

(b)
r

re =3r

the IIlli\
\I

= 27 r '

(d)

r1
e

=_

the radius
p

r'

( tvmnS-122

U)
2.0 kg body as it s as shown in the dy along positive etieenergy of the

A body osccillates with SHM according to the equation x 5.0 cos (2n I + n ). At time I =1.5 second, its displacement. speed and acceleration is (a) 0, -IOn + 20n~ (b) 5,0, - 20 n2 (c) 2.5, + 20n, O' (d) -5.0,+ 5 n, -IOn2 Standing waves are formed in a vibrating sonometer wire oflength Land 3 Antinodes and 4 nodes. Then
(a)

20. Two particles of masses 111 and M (M>m) are connected by a cord that passes over a massless, frictionless pulley. The tension T in the string and the acceleration a of the particles is : 2mM Mm (a) T = (M-m) g; a = (M + ml

2A

(b)

L=

TA

(b) T

=. ~~:)

g; CMM::)g
a= I ,

5 x (m)

al neutrons with see is directed to ravity is the on Iy iss the target .25 x 10-6 meters .4 x 10-6 meters
ng at the rate of 2

ken by a boat to 4 miles/hr (in sti II rand7 minutes rand25 minutes

3 (c) L=--/I. (d) L=4A . 4 A mass 11/ is tied to an end of a string of length L and made to move in a vertical circle just loosing wh iIe a the top. The tension in tlie string at the lowest position is: (a) 2mg (b) mg (c) 4mg (d)' 5mg For a givcn angle to the projectile if the initial velocity is doubled the range of the projectile becomes: (a) lIal r (b) One forth (c) Two times (d) Four times A stationery Ph~(X'nucleus emits an alpha-particle with kinetic energy Tu The fraction of recoil energy of the daughter nucleus to the total energy liberated is : (a ) II I96 (h) 4/196 (e) 11200 (d) \/50 An elevator is accelerating upward at a rate of 6 Ii/sec: "hell a bolt from its cei Iing falls to the 1100rof the lift (Distance =9.5 feet). The time takcn (in seconds) by the falling bolt to hit the floor is (take g = 32 n/sec-) :
(a) ..J2

M-m ) (c) T= ( (M+m) g;a= . Mm )

(2mM) (M+m) (2mM)

(M

"

'/.,.:-::,.

(d) T

= ( (M+m)g;

+ m)

21. We are given the following atomic masses 238U = 238 . 05079 u 234Th = 234 . 04363 u 4He
=

4.00260 u

The energy released during the alpha decay of 238U is : (a) 4.00 MeV (c) 3.75 MeV (b) (d) 4.25 MeV 5.03 MeV
I~

22. Fraction of tritium left after \ 50 years (half life of tritium is 12.5 years) i
(a)

1/1024

(c) 1/4096 23. If the magnetic field of a light wave 0 s parallel to j-axis and is given by By = 8m sin (kz -(J) t) the direction of wave travel and the axis along which the electric vector oscillates is: (a) +ve y-axis, z-axis (b) +ve z-axis, x-axis (c) -ve x-axis, y-axis (d) -ve x-axis, z-axis 24. Fission of one nucleus of nUm releases 250 MeV of energy. The number offissions / second required to produce I MW power is :
(a)

(b)
(d)

1/..J2 1/2..J2

projectile of mass /1/ is thrown vertically up with an initial velocity \' from the surface of earth (mass o f earth = M) If it comes to rest at a height II. the change in its potential encrgy is :
to.
(a) (jM /1111 R (R 111)

9,2

1017

(b)

6.3

1023

ce times as fast radii of orbit of vely then:

=

Ih)
Il)

(j

!'vl

III

lie

I{ (R

f 11)2

(c)1.6xI019

(d)

2,5xI0(('
ut ,

(j\I/11I1R/(RIII)

\<1) (jl'v1l1llhR(RIII) (j

31:
I
P

ihc
p

is the universal gravitational radius of earth.

constant and R is

25. Ilydrogen gas molecules havc v, = 1920 m/s at 300 K. The rrns speed ofoxygen gas at the same temperature would he (ill Siunits): . (a) 384 (h) 640 (c) 480
'(d) 2000
)

=_

r3

( ~mIlS-I2.l

26. Which of the following statements thermo-dynamic process is wrong: (a) For an adiabatic (b) For a constant process ~E,",
=

about -W
=

31. The figure shows a conducting loop consisting of half circle ~~;ret~r~e
=

B
----------. ---. 1.5 A

volume process ~Einl of a gas ~E,n, >

~t~a~g~; ----

(c) For a cyclic process ~Einl = 0 (d) For free expansion 27. A gas with in a chamber passes through a cyclic process as shown in the figure. The net energy added to the system as heat during one complete cycle is : (a) + 90 J (b) (d)
W

l'
~ 30 ~ 20
~.~ ~ e, _I0-l--+---<f---+---<f1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0
Volume (m')

segments. The half _ + circle lies in a uniform . changing magnetic field B = 4 t2 + 2 t + 5 (SI unit) w isthe time in seconds. An ideal battery E = 2 V iscon as shown and the total resistance of the wire is 2 n. The current in the loop is at t = 5 seconds is : (a) I A (c) 0.26 A (b) (d) O.IOA ~ ~ ~ ~ 32. Two forces FI = (3n) i -{4N)j F2and-(

An alpha particl magnetic field r motion. If they radius the ratio particle to that 0 (a)] (b)

The magnetic: hydrogen atom frequency n = 6 5.1 X 10-11mete (a) 6.8 (b)

8. Deuterons of 17

:-30 J +30J

(c)-120J

~ (2N) j ~ on a point . i act

-r-

bi ject. In t I given ie .

with a potential the dees. Numb deuterons befor( (a) 200

28. Pressure p. volume V and temperature T for a AT - BT:! certain gas are related by p V where A and B are constants. The work done by the gas as its temperature changes from T I to Tz while pressure remains constant is : B (a) A - 2 (T:! - T) (b) A (T:! - T) - B (T~ - T;) (c) 2
\
I

~ -) figure which of the six vectors represents FI and F~ what is the magnitude (a) 4 and 8'; fflN (b) 3 and 6 ; 5 N (c) 5 and 7 ; ..J4O N (d) 2 and 6;7 N of the net force:
)'3

*~
7 6

(b) ,

,,,,4

. Two charges of'] of magnitude corners of a s resultant force 0 I (a) Q=2-T2q

( T:! - T") - c
I

B
J

( T3 - T3)
2 I

B d) A (T - T )2 - - (T c I 3

- T )3
I

29. A steel rod of radius R = 10 mm and length L = 80 ern is stretched along its length by force F= 6.28 x 104 N. If the young's modulus of steel is Y = 2 x 1011N/m\ the percentage elongation in the length of the rod is : (a) 0.100 (b) 0.31.4 (c) 2.015 (d) 1.549 3(). 'rhe thermo emf E of a tnermocou\l\e \~ found to vary with temperature T of the hot junction (cold junction is OC) as: E =40 T The temperature couple is (a) 200C (c) 800C --

(c) Q = 2 ~2q 33. An ammeter is being calibrated with the help a copper voltameter. The ammeter steadily slw . N batteries each 2 A when current is passed through the voltam r are first con nee for I hour. During this time 2.34g of coppers to an external res 9 kg/C) deposited (ece of copper = 330 xl 0is same in both a error in the ammeter reading is: (a) R = r2 / N (a) + 0.330 A (b) + 0.234 A (c)R=Nr (c) - 0.030 A (d) - 0.010 A 1. Maximum number 34. A wheel has a constant angular acceleration V supply lineprol 3.0 rad / S2. During a certain 4.0 s interval.' (a) 40 (b) turns through an angle ofl20 rad. Assuming! at t = 0, angular speed (UD = 3 rad Isho~ longisi A charged particl motion at the start os this 4.0 second interval electric fieldE=9 (a) 7s (b) 9 s (c) 4s (d) 10s (a) 98 ~C (b)
'f...

35. The truth table of a logic gate is as follows:

Two charges

0I

A.

B
0 0

'f
1 1

t\,'=- ~

\~-1

o
1

electric field pi (a) 2.5 x 105 (c) 2.7 xl05

F
for the thermo

20 of inversion (b). (d)

o
. ]
(a) AND

]
I (b) NAND (d) NOR

]
0

The above logic gate is : 400C 1000C

( MBHS-124

. A parallel plate difference Y be the distancebetw

(a)

(c) OR
)-

CY"

(c) -

1 C(vl2 2

45. A uniform magnetic field B = 5 mT acts vertically upward nalpha particle and a proton enters a uniform agnetic field perpendicular to its direction of throughout the volume of a laboratory. A proton of kinetic energy 8.35 MeV enters the laboratory moving horizontally . ---- otion. If they follow a circular arc of equal form south to north. Mass ofthe proton is 1.67 x 1027 kg. _ + dius the ratio of the kinetic energy of alpha . rticle to that of proton is : The deflecting force on the proton is: '+2t+5(SIunit)Wf!eril) I (b) 1/2 (c) 2 (d) 4 (a)32xI0-15N (b) 16xI0-'5N ~~E~2Yiscon e magnetic field created at the centre of x10-15 N (c) 8 (d) 64xI0-'5N ~nde.wlreIS2 !1. The drogen atom by the orbiting electron with 46. A beamofparallellightrays is incident on a solid transparent SIS: equency n = 6.8x 1015 rev/sec and radius R = sphere of radius R and index of refractions n. If a point 11 meters 1.5A .1 x 10is : image is produced at the back ofthe sphere; then the index O.IOA a) 6.8 (b) 13.5 (c) 18.3 (d) 9.1 of refraction n is : -t ~ uterons of 17 Me Y come out from a cyclotron . (a) 1.0 (b) 1.5 (c) 2.0 (d) 1.7 4N)j F2 and - ( ith a potential difference of 80 KY between 47. A 60-volt battery would spend 1200 watt power . e dees. Number of revolutions made by the bject, In the given jeuterons before they come out is : across a resistance of : ~ -; (a) 200 (b) 50 (c) 106 (d) 123 (a) lZohms (b) 100hms presents and F a F I ~ wo charges of magnitude + Q and two charges (c) 60 ohms . (d) 3 ohms e net force: f magnitude - q are placed at the opposite 48. When the power delivered by a 100 volt battery is 40 watts ,<:14 2)'3 orners of a square of side length a. If the the equivalent resistance of the circuit is : esultant force on a charge + Q is zero then: (a) 1000hms (b) 2500hms (b) 3000hms (d) 3500hms 7 6 x (a) Q = ~ q . (b) Q = - 2 ...J3q 49. Two metall ic spheres of radi i R, and R2 are 5 2 connected by a thin wire, If + ql and ql are the . (c)Q=2...J2q (d) Q=-~q led with the help o. \'3 charges on the two spheres then : etersteadily show. .. , , ughthe v It batteries each of emf E and internal resistance (a) q/q2 = R,-I R; 34gof c 0 ametetrare first connected in series and then in parallel '0 xI 0-9 ~;~)r ;~~o an ex~ernal resistance R. If current through R (b) q/q2 = R, I R2 is: CISsame 111 both causes then: 0.234 A (a) R = r2 I N (b) R = Nrl2 (c) q/q2 = RI3 I R: 0.010 A (c) R = Nr (d) R = r (d) q/q2 = I + K2) lar accele ti fMaximum numberof60 Wbulbs that can be used in a220 aIonI ~ V supply line protected by a lOA fuse is 40 s I'ntrerva . It . 50. The figuregiven below shows four arrangements of charged d. Assuming that (a) 40 (b) 36 (c) 10 (d) 60 particles, all the same distance from the origin. Rank the situations according to the net electric potential (V I' V 2' dIsho~ long is its A charged particle of mass 0.1 g is in equilibrium in an VJ, V4) at the origin, most positive tirst: econd mterval: electricfield E = 98 N/C. The charge on the particle is : . (d) 10s (a) 98~C (b) IO~C(c) 20~C (d) O.I~C v . ISas follows: Two charges of magn itude q I = 2 X 10-7 C and I ~ Vl -3q ~-5q Y q, = 3 x 10-7 C are placed 100 ern apart. The I 2 3 4 I electric field produced by q, on ql is : (a) VI>Vl>VV~ (b) Vl>VI>VV~ I (a) 2.5 x 105N/C (b) 3.0 x 105N/C (c) Vl>VI>V~>V) (d) V~>VI>VVI I (c) 2.7 xl05N/C (d) 6.0 ~ 105N/C 51. Following is the composition of a washing soda sample: o A parallel plate capacitor C has a charge q and potential differenceV between the plates. Work required to double Mass Molecular Substance thedistance between the plates is : percent weight NO (a) CY~ (b) CY~ 84.8 106.0 2 4 Na,C0"l R 8.4 84.0 NaHCu3 58.5 6.8 Nacl (c) C(v/2)2 (d) Cy2 __

"

.,,-

*'

CR~ R:) (R21

r:. -;.!-2.. ~-r:,. ;"1-:

.L

.l.

( MBBS-125 )

011 complete reaction with excess HCI, one kilogram of the washing soda will evolve. (a) 9 mol of CO2 (b) 16 mol of CO2 (c) 17 mol er co, (d) 18 mol of CO2 52. The electronic configuration I s22 S22 p2,.is : (a) the ground state of the atom (atomic number= 6) (b) an anion (atomic number = 4) (c) not allowed by Pauli's Excusing Principal (d) not allowed by Hund's Rule 53. The wave function (\If) for a 2s - electron as a function of its distance from the nucleus (r) can be sketched as :
(b)

59. In the dry (Lechlanche) cell, at the cathode, oxidation state of mangnaese is reduced , follows: (a) 7 ~ 4 (b) 4 ~ 3 (c) 4 ~ 2 (d) 7 ~ 6 60. Which element (A) reacts with N2 to form (AJ I (a) Li (b) Na (c) F (d) I 61. The following is not a coloured ion: (a) C,-J+(Is2 2S2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d3) (b) Cr3+ (Is' 2S2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d4) (c) Cu" (ls2 2S2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d'O) (d) Cu2+ (Is? 2S2 2p6 3s2 3p6 3d9)

69. For spontaneou (system) in air:

(a) .1S",.,"", > O. (b) .1S""",,, > 0,

(c) .1S')>I<111 < 0, (d) ilSs)'SI<m 0, < For the phase tra H2 (s) ~ at 0 C and I at
(a) G,,"

= G,\al<r:

(c) G,<c > G,,,,,,, 71, At 25 111,0'] ill

(d) 54. Thecombinationthree 2 p orbitals of one atom and three 2 p orbitalsof another atom can give rise to: ' (a) three molecular orbitals (b) six (x 2 p) molecular orbitals. (c) four (n:2p) and two (oZp) molecular orbitals (d) two m.o.which are symmetricalaroundthe bond axis 55. Which one of the following is a set of one polar and one nonpolar molecules: , (a) HF and Hp (b) BeF2 and BF3 (c) SF .and HF (d) BeF1 and CH4 56. Of the following species the one having the largest radius is (a) CH4 (b) CH~ (c) CH; (d) CH~ 57. Sulphate ion is : (a) Square planar (b) pyramidal (c) rhombic (d) tetrahedral 58. Sodium when extracted by electrolysis of a fused mixture of NaCI (40%) and CaCI, (60%) at 873K, using inert electrodes, the function of CaCI2 in this mixture is to: (a) increase the conductivity of the mixture (b) dissolve NaCI (c) decrease the melting point of the mixture (d) suppress the formation ofNaOH

62. Among the following the paramagnetic oneis: (a) Ni (CO)4 (b) [Ni (CN)4J2 (c) [NiCI4P(d) , [Ag (NH3)2J' 63. Which of the following does not exhibit 72. geometrical isomerism: (a) Pt CI4 (b) Pt (NH3)2 CI2 (c) [Pt (NH3)4CI2]CI (d) Co (NH3)4 ci, 64. La (atomic number = 57) has the electronic configuration: 5d' 6s2, the atom with atomic number 58 will have the electronic configuration (a) 5d~ 6s2 (b) 5d3 6s' 73. (c) 5d4 (D) 41 5d' 6s1 65. The halflife period ofa radioactive elementsis 70 days. After 280 days the Ig substance shall be reduced to (a) 1116g (b) J/8g

solution is 4x 10 OH 1 ions ill the (a) Zero (c) Ixl07M 3.1 11101 f FeCI, o added to one liter 11101 FeSC ,. of constant K c of the Fe" +'C ~ (a) 6.66 x 10.1 3.30 The rate law for d
(c)

CH. CHO (g)~

CII01 dt then. unit of"k' Illal

(a)

dlell.

M. min.

(c) 1/4 g (d) 1132 g (c) min 1 66. Which one of the following statements is false 74. K;~[orlhre'f acti c ' c for an isothermal expansion of an ideal gas: (a) averagekineticenergy0 the moleculesincrease (I) r- 0 (b) numberof molecules per unitvolumedecreases Order of the rcacti (c) pressure of the as decreases (a) (I) and (II) arc (d) volume of the gas increases (b) (II) and (III) ar (e) (II) and (III) ar 67. Number of chloride ions around a single sodium ion in NaCI crystal is (d) (III) and (I) arc 75, For an ideal solutio (a) 3 (b) 4 (c) 6 (d) 8 relative lowering a 68. The difference between ilH and ilE at 300K due to addition ola for the reaction: . (a) depression ill fr C3Hg(g) + 502 (g) ~ 3C02 (g) + 4H2 0(1) (b) elevation in boil (a) 300x8.314J/mol (b) -300x8.314l/mol ( e) osmol it:pressur (c) 3 x 300x8.314 llmol (d) -3 x 300 x 8.314J/moI (d) mole fraction ol
)

( MBBSt26

Itthe cathode the' For spontaneous cool ing of a hot metal rod se is reduced as (system) in air: (a) 1'1S""1<1II O. 1'1S,,,,,,ers< 0 > < -t3 (b) 1'1 " "<III 0, 1'1S","verse 0 S > > -t 6 (c) 1'1S '~SICIII 0, 1'1S < universe > 0 N2 to form (A)N): (d) 1'1S')'SI<," 0, 1'1SuIlIverse 0 < < (d) . For the phase transition of 1 mole of Hp : lion: H~ (s) ~ Hp at 0 C and I atm
(a) G"c = G,,,,,<r= 0

(I)

(b) G,ee = Gwaler:t: 0 (c) G, > G,,,,,", (d) G'e< < Gwa,er I. At 25 /1-1,0'1 in an aqueous ammonium chloride solution is 4x I 0" moI.L-I, the concentration of nagnetic one is : OH I . ions in the solution should be (CN)4J2 (a) Zero (b) 4x 10-16 M 7M :,(NH)2J+ (c) Ixl0 (d) 2.5xI0-9M aes not exh ib it- 3.1 mol of FeCL and 3.2 mol ofNH SCN are . added to one liter of water. At equilibrium 3.0 H) Cl 11101 FeSCN~' are formed. The equilibrium of )2 2 K fl . (NH) Ct. constant cot ie reaction th: ~Iec~ronic om with atomic licconfiguration:
!S

76. HgI~ ~eacts with KI in aqueous solution to form K2 Hg 14, If small amount of Hg 12 is added to the aqueous K I solution, the (a) boiling point of the solution does not change (b) freezing point of the solution does not change (c) freezing point of the solution rises (d) freezing point of the solution is lowered 77. Micelles may be formed by aggregates of soap anions in water as the anions are (a) hydrophilic (b) hydrophobic (c) diphilic (one hydrophilic head being attached to a long hydrophobic tai I) (d) carriers of electricity 78. Specific conductivity of 0.2 M KCI is 2.48x I 0-2 S. crrr '. Its molar conductivity will be (a) 6.2x 10-2 S. ern- mol " (b) 1.24 x 10-1 S, ern? mol-I (c) 62 S. em? mol:' (d) 124. S. em? mo!" 79. Given P -2.37 Vat 25 C, then the

,
"

M!

+/My

Fe" + SC ~ (a) 6.66 x 10J (c) 3,30

Fe SCW' will be (b) 0.30 (d) 150 ofacetaldehyde:

6s

1 2

The rate law for decomposition

CII01 = k [CH. CHOri~ dt ' then. unit of 'k' Illay be : (a) M. min. I (b) M I min I g r . (c) min I (d) atm.'" mini te~ents rs false 1. or'hn.~;s grn""I'caIlYshown as: an Ideal gas: c . r c \ r cules increase __ I~ 0,0 ,.... o~~-, ... lmedecreases (I) (II) . (III) Order ofthe reactions : . es (a) (I) and (II) are I and 2 respectively (b) (II) and (III) are zero and I respectively a single sodium (c) (II) and (III) arc 2 and I respectively (d) (III) and (I) arc I and zero respectively (d) 8 '. For an ideal solution obeying Raoult's law, the d L\E at 300 K relative lowering of vapour pressure of solvent due to addition ofa 'solute equals: (a) depression in freezing point of the solvent +4H20(I) (b) elevation in boiling point of the solvent x 8.314Lrnol (c) osmotic pressure of the solution 00 x 8.314 llmol , (d) mole fraction ofthe solute

d' 6s ctive elements is substance shall

CHJ CHO (g) ~ CH4 (g) + CO (g) is given by: dlell,

K;l';"

EMF'ofthe cell : Mg / MgCI2 (0.01 M) II HCI (I M) I H2 (I atm), Pt at 25C must be close to: (a) 2.25 V (b) 2.31 V (c) 2.43 V (d) 2.49 V 80. The IUPAC name oftert - butyl alcohol is (a) I, I-dimethyl -I - ethanol (b) 2, 2-dimethyl- 2 butanol (c) 2 methyl- 2 propanol (d) 3,3-dimethyl- 1- butanol 81. In methane, four C-H bonds are directed towards the corners of : (a) an octahedron (b) a rhombus (c) a square (d) tetrahedron 82. Which of one of the following will exhibit optical isomerism: CI (a) CH, - CH2 - CH.CH) (b) CHJ-CH=CH.CH~. CH) (c) C4HIO (d) C5 HI2 83. Electrolysis of aqueous solution of potassium fumarate or potassium rnalleate can yield the following mixture: (a) ethene and ethync(b) ethene and CO, (c) ethaneand
)

CO~ (d)

ethane and ethene

( r",IHIlS-127

10I. 84. An alkene on ozonolysis gave 2- pentanone and acetaldehyde. The alkene was (a) CH. - CH -CH,-C=CH-CH.
oJ

.)

. (b) CH,-CH,-CH .' _

CH3 = C-CH I CH3

2

-CH.
0

(c) CH,-CH,-CH,-C-CH

.'

. _

II
CH2

-CH.
2.
0

(d) CH.-CH ,

-CH 2

-CH-CH=CH 2 I

. 2

CH3 85. The compounds (Y) in the reaction CH,COOH.

J

) (X) diemyl ether . (b)

(d)

LiAIHl

cone. H1S01

) (Y) is :

(a) acetal
(c) an'alkene

86. In the Reimer-Tiemann product formed is a : (a) salicylaldehyde (b) a sulphonic acid (c) an alkyl benzene (d) a carboxylic acid 87. The C - C single bond shall be the shortest in : (a) CH)-CH) (c) CH: = CH-CH3 (b) (d) CH2:::CH-CH=CH2 CH3
-

a sulphonic acid an alkyne reaction the major

CH2 - OH

92. 2P.x 2 Py and 2P z orbitals differ in their: (a) energy (b) orientation (c) shape (d) size 93. In the reaction of H2 02 with acidified KMn04: (a) HP2 acts an oxidizing agent (b) ~02 acts as a reducing agent (c) KMn04 acts as a reducing agent (d) H2S04 acts an oxidizing agent 94. Which of the following valence electron configuration belongs to halogen family (a) S2 p2 (b) S2 p' (c) S2 p4 (d) S2 ps 95. In the complex [Ni(CO)4 the hybidized orbitals ofNi are: (a) Sp2 (b) Sp3 (c) dsp' (d) d2sp3 96. Consider the reaction: 2 NH3 (g)~ N2(g) + 3 H2 (g). The forward reaction is endothermic. .We can produce heat by adding the following to the equilibrium mixture: (a) N2 (b) NH3 (c) a catalyst (d) moles of N, NH3 and H2 in a ratio of 1:2:3 97. For a thermodynamically reversible reaction ina galvanic cell at temperature T, which one of the following is false: (a) ilG = 0 (b) ilG = - RT In K (c) ilG = - n F E c.;1 (d) ilH = TilS 98. The maximum corrosion of an iron holt shall be observed when it is fixed with a bolt made of: (a) Iron (b) copper (c) zinc (d) nickel
O O

102.

\03.

104. 105.

\06.

\07. 108.

109.

88. CH3 CH: CONH: on treatment with P2O, yields: (a) acetone (b) a carboxylic acid (c) nitrile (d) isonitrile 89. To what category of substances to immunoglobulins belong: . (a) Hormone (b) Viruses (c) Antibodies (d) Antiqens 90. Which .of the following fibres is made of polyamid: (a) Dacron (b) OrIon (c) Nylon (d) Rayon 91. When acetylene is reacted with HCN in presence of cuprous chloride and dil. HCI the product obtained is (b) Pyridine (a) (CN): (d) . CH2N2 (c) CH2 =CH-CN

99. 1 - bromopropane on treatment potassium hydroxide produces: . (a) propane (c) 2-propanol (b) (d)

with ethylenic

110.

I-propanol I-propane III.

100. Which one of the following is oxidised to from 2, butanone: OH (a) CH3 (b) CH3
-

112.

C~ - CH3 OH . C - CH]

I I

113.

CH (c) CH3.CH2.CH2CH20H (d) CH3.CH2.CH.CH3

ok

The kingdom pr< (a) Photosynthe (c) Parastic organ Commensalism isan (a) one liveanac] (b) bothorganism (c) one derives (d) none of the The name of t with Green Rev (a) H.G. Khors (c) Homi Bha A well de velop (a) red blood cs (c) amoeba The most premi plants are the (a) Ferms (c) Mosses If a chloroplast a in a test tube the (a) invivo (c) in situ Study of fossils (a) Ecology (c) Exobiology Vernal ization 0 (a) Flowerindu~ (b) Inhibitionff o (c) Flowerind\ (d) Accelaratid produce flo Sacred forests a (a) , have rich worship by (b) are protect to religious (c) have' not be (d) none of the The step in whi wi ththe help.ofi treatment plants (a) Primary trean (c) Tertiarytreati An organism th, has been used a (a) Malaria (c) Influenza Checking of reo CO2, methane, . (a) Greenhouse ( (c) Ozonelayer Fascicularcaml phloem in (a) onlydicots (c) both dicots (d) noneofthe

( MBBS128 )

agent nt ence electron family (d) S2 p5 idizedorbitals (d) d2sp3 g)~ N2(g) + s endotherm ie. hefollowing to catalyst ratioof 1:2:3 Iereaction in a hichone of the -RT In K

ns
n holt shall be boltmade of :

with ethylenic nol ane isedto from2-

The kingdom protista does not include: (a) Photosynthetic organismsb) Fagellate organisms ( (c) Parastic organisms (d) Bacteria Commensalismisan association of two species in which: (a) one live attached to the other with out harming it. (b) both organism derive benefit from each other. (c) one derives its nutrition from the other (d) none of the above The name of the Indian scientist associated with Green Revolution in India: (a) H.G. Khorana (b) M.S. Swaminathan (d) C.N.R. Rao (c) Homi Bhaba A well de veloped cell wall is present in: (a) red blood cell (b) mycoplasma (c) amoeba (d) yeast The most premitive among the living vascular plants are the (a) Ferrns (b) Brown algae (c) Mosses (d) Cycads Ifa chloroplast of plants.is isolated and studied' in a t~st !ube the investigation is described as: (a) m vrvo (b) in vitro (c) in situ (d) in silico 7. Study of fossi Is is called: (a) Ecology (b) Angiology (c) Exobiology (d) None of above 8. Vernalization of the process of: (a) Flower induction by high tempeature treatment (b) Inhibitionofflowering by lowtempraturetreatment (c) Flower induction by light treatment (d) Accelaration of the ability of a plant to produce flowers by chilling treatment 09. Sacred forests are those that: (a)' have rich growth of plants used for worship by the people in the region. (b) are protected by tribal communities due to religious sanctity accorrded to them (c) have' not been discovered by humans (d) none of the above 10. The step in which organic matter is oxidized wi ththe help.of micro-organisms in the effuent treatment plants (ETPs) (a) Primary treatment (b) Secondary treatment (c) Tertiary treatment (d) Sola effect II. An organism that causes the following disease has been used as a weapon in biological war (a) Malaria (b) Common could (c) Influenza (d) Anthrax 112. Checking of re-reading heat byatomospheric CO2, methane, ozone, dust is known as . (a) Greenhouse effect (b) Radioactiveeffect (c) Ozone layer effect (d) Solar effect 13. Fascicular cambium sepparates the xylem and phloem in (a) onlydicots (b) only monocots (c) both dicots and monocots (d) noneof the above

114: .The fruiting bodies of Agaricus are also known as : (a) Cheistothecium (b) Fairy rings (c) Basidium (d) Ascocarp 115. Biodiversity refers to the total ity of: (a) genes (b) species (c) ecosystems (d) Ascocrap 116. The quiescent centre of growing angiospermic roots comprises of: (a) slow dividing cells (b) fast dividing cells (c) nondividingcells (d) dead cells 117. A pure breeding pea plant with the dominant phenotype of chareacter A and recessive phenotype of character B was crossed with another pure breeding plant with the recessive phenotype of characte A and dominant phenotype of charater B. Offspring ofthis cross was crossed with a homozygous recessive for both the charaters A and B. The following result were obtained. 22 werephenotypically dominantorAandrecessiveorB f f 4 werephenotypically dominantorbothAandB f 4 werephenotypically recessiveorbothAandB. f 22 werephenotypically recessiveorAanddominant B f for The result show that: (a) genes A and B'are linked (b) independent segregation of genes A and B (c) Mendelian dihybrid inheritance (d) polygenic inheritance 118. Parthenocarpy in grapes in induced by (b) Cibberellins (a) Cytokinins (c) Topoisomerases (d) Primase 119; Contents of the adjacent plant cells are connected through: (b) plasmodesmata (a) middle lamella (d) all the above (b) stomal lamella 120. A lichens that grows by branching is described as (b) crustose (a) fruticose (d) dichotose (c) foliose 121. Plants that bear flowers ofboth sexes art: .desceiebd as : (b) dioecious (a) monoecious (d) intersexual (c) hermaphrodite 122. .The aquatic plant Limnophila has leaves of more than one shape. The condition is described as : (b) amphiphylly (a) polyphylly (d) biphylly (c) heteophylly 123. Antibiotics are chemicals that: (a) kill micro-organisms (b) interfere withthe multiplication of micro organisms. by one typeof micro(c) are produced organism and effective against other micro-organisms (d) all the above

~,

"

,,::::'

,-'~

( MBBS-129 )

124. The organ ism most common Iy associated with alcoholic fermentation is: (a) Penicillium (b) Mucor (b) E. coli (d) Yeast 125. Fungi imperfecti constitute a group that: (a) are obligatory parastics (b) reproduce only asexually (c) do not cause disease in humans (d) resemble bacteria insorne respects 126. Hot spots are priorty areas for in situ conservation. The key certeria for deterrn in ign a hot spot is/are: (a) Locationindeveloped/underdeveloped country (b) vicinity to the sea (c) Numberof endemic species and degree ofthreat (d) A II the above 127. The potential of a cell to develop, if placed in an appropriate environment, into more than one but not all cell types of the organism in described as : (a) pleuripotency (b) totipotency (c) ornnipotency (d) oligopotency 128. Anorganellepresent in plant cells but absent from those ofanimals: . (a) Vacuole (b) Peroxisome (c) Glyoxisomes (d) all the above 129. Thc foreign gane ina transgenic plant may be derived from.: (a) an insect (b) an animal (c) a bacterium (d) all the above 130. Transpiration is very imortant for plants because it helps in: (a) the absorption of water from soil (b) the cooling of leaves at high temperature (c) the movement of water andminerals absorbed by . roots to various part of the plant (d) all the above 131. Majority of the enzymes present in Iysosomes belong to the class: . (a) oxidoreductases (b) hydrolases (c) transfcrases (d) ligases 13~. Genetically modified foods differ from the conventional foods in having the (a) protien produced by the trans gene (b) enzymeprouced bythe antibiotic resistancegene (c) antibiotic resistancegene (d) alltheabove

133. The photonatotroph ic organisms that do not split water to obtain reducing power are: (a) purple bacteria (b) cyanobacteria (c) green plants (c) none of these 134. Following is needed in thelonic fro~ during non cyclic photophosphorylation but not cyclic photophosphorylation in higher plants: (a) Cooper (b) Iron . (c) Manganese (d) Zinc 135. Plant cells can synthesize ATP from ADP and inoganic phoshpate by a process named: (a) substrate level phosphorylation (b) photosynthetic phosphorylation (c) oxidative phosphorylation (d) allthe above . 136. ProductionofNADPH in a chloroplasttakes placeduring (a) cyclic photophosphorylation (b) non-cycl ic photophosphorylation' (c) series photophosphorylation (d) substracte level photophosphorylation 137. Phytochromes have no role to play in: (a) seedgennination (b) flowering .(c) Photo morphogenesis(d) photosynthesis 138. The drug colchicine, used to obtain polyploidcells,acts on the cytosketal structures of the plant cells called: (a) microtubules (b) actin filaments (c) intermediaryfilaments(d) all the above 139. DNA has deoxyribose as the constituent sugar. The position where the sugar lacks oxygen is
(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

144. The DNA ~ (a) Antise (b) Sense (c) Both s (d) Parts a 145. Restriction cells from vi DNA. The .because (a) sitesofc absent i (b) thebacte (c) the bac cleavag
(d) restricri]

140. The linkagethat joins two adjacent riucleotidesin RNA (a) phosphate ester (b) phospho-d iester (c) phosphate anhydride (d) N-glycoside 141. Following is not true regarding viruses: (a) They can be cultured in artificial media lacking living cells (b) They do not have protein synthesizing machinary of their own (c) They may contain RNA as the genetic material (d) They can be crystallized 142. A viral DNA integrated into bacterial chromosome is called: (a) Plasmid (b) Prophage (c) Episome (d) Bacteriophage 143. A virus what contains single stranded DNA as its genetic material: (a) Tobaccomosaic virus(b) cj> x 174 (c) HIV (d) All the above

III prese 146. The molecuf as boieatalys (a) polysacc (e) RNAs 147. Bt-cotton a tn is being gro country.The p (a) Beetle res (b) Bacillust (c) Baculovi (d) None ofd 148. Changes in ligh !he opening of IS described as (a) photonastic (c) photoperi~ 149. The tropical fo located in: (a) Uttar Prad] (c) Andamans 150 .. !'he modified an IS represented as (a) DNA ~ Rl (b) DNA ~ R (c) DNA ~ PE (d) DNA +=2 151. Phylogenetic cia (a) originandrelati (b) similarities (c) dissimilaritie (d) all the above

( MBIlS-130 )

144. The DNA strand that is transcribed

Io not split :teria hese juring non iot cyclic :s: (a) (b) (c) (d) Antisense strand Sense Strand

to m RNA

152.

ADP and lled:

Both sense and antisense strands Parts of the sense and antisense strands 145. Restriction endonucleases protect bacterial cells from viral infections by degrading the viral DNA. The bacterial DNA is not affected because (a) sitesof cieavage by restrictionenxymes are absent in bacterial DNA. (b) the bacterialDNA is rapidly repairedaftercleavage (c) the bacterial DN A is mod ified at the cleavage sites (d) restriction enzymes are only synthesized in presence of viral DNA 146. The molecules that are now well recognized as boieatalysts in addition to enzymes are: (a) polysaccharides (b) fallyacds (c) RNAs (d) DNAs

Which is incorrect: (a) Chordata: Urochordata : Ascidia (b) Chordata: Osteichthyes: Pristis (c) Platyhelminthes: Planaria (d) Mollusa: Pinctada Which of the following does not belong to phylum Cnidaria : (a)' Sea-pen (b) Sea-lily (b) Sea-fan (d) Sea anemone A double occipital condyle characterizes the (a) - amphibians (b) reptiles (b) birds (d) all the above Comb plattes are present in : (a) echinoderms (b) ctenophores (d) molluscs (c). annelids Swim bladder is lacking in : (a) Dog fish (b) Flying fish (c) Sucker fish (d) Sea horse RNA (b) rRNA DNA (d) None of these The first successful simulation experiment to assess the validity of the claim for orgin of organic molecules in the primeval earth condition was made by (a) Urey (b) Oparin -(d) Fox (c~ Miller Which of the following basic processes affect the Hardy - Weinberg equilibrium: Mutation and recombination (b) Gene migration and genetic drift . (c) Natural selection (d) All the above Which of the following statement is incorrect: (a) Virtually,althe energy for livingorganisms comes as radiation in the form of photons from the sun and is captured by electrons (b) Oxidation reduction(redox) reactions-playa key role in the flow of energythrough biolgicalsystems (c) Entropy of the universe decreases with every transfer or transformation of energy all the above. (a) (a) (c)

f)

153.

154.

u ,

I'

:::.

155.

slaceduring

156.

lation n: ~esis ~cells, acts s called: rents ~ve ent sugar. ~xygen is

157. The main or primary target in carcinogenesis is

147. Bt-cotton, a transgenic,

insect resistantvariety, is being grown on experimental basis in the country.The prefix Bt-stands form: (a) Beetle resistant type (b) Bacillus thuringiensis (c) Baculovirusr esistant type (d) None of the above

158.

,
!(

148. Changes in light intensity cause but do not direct

the open ing of some flowers. The phenomenon is described as : (a) photonastic response (b) phototropism (c) photoperiod ism

159.

14
lleshi RNA iester (Ie

149. The tropical

(d) photochemotropism forest of the India are mainly

(b) Himachal Pradesh (d) Jammu & Kashimir ISO .. The modified and now accepted central dogma is represented as : aterial acterial (a) (b) (c) (d) DNA ~ DNA ~ DNA DNA ~ RNA RNA Protien RNA~ classification ~ ~ Protein Protein RNA Protein is based on:

located in: (a) Uttar Pradesh (c) Andamans

160.

IS I.
hage ed DNA

Phylogenetic (a)

originand relations between different groups

161.

ve

(b) sim ilarities between different groups (c) dissimilarities between different groups (d) all the above
(MBBS-\3\ )

(d) All the above Which of the following animals is ectothermic and poikilothermous: (b) Bird (a) Mammal (d) None of these (c) Tuna fish

162.

163.

164.

165.

166.

167.

168.

169.

. 170.

171.

172.

173.

174.

Stem cells arise from: (a) yolk sac (b) bone marrow (c) foetal liver (d) all the above Chromosomes with terminal centromere 'are referred to as : (a) telorentric (b) acrocentric (d) submetacentric (c) metacentric Besides ageing, free radicals. have been impl icated 111 which of the following disorders (b) Atherosclerosis (a) Cancer (d) All the above (c) Cataract Chromosome banding technique helps 111 detection of: (b) dupliction (a) anecuploidy (d) regions containing (c) deletion repective DNa Inhibition of hexokinase by glocose - 6 phosphate in an example of: (a) competitive inhibition of enzyme action (b) non-competitive inhibition of enzyme action (c) feedback inhibition of enzyme action (d) none of above Animals which feed on blood of vertebrates are called: (b) fluid feeders (a) carnivores (d) detrivores (c) sanguinivores Closed circulatory system is found in: (b) echinoderms (a) cephalopods (c) vertebrates (d) all the above Therelationshipetween b twospiceswhereon~species isbenefited, whiletheotherneithergetsanybenefit,nor IS adverselyaffected undernormal onditionssreferred c i toas (b) . symbiosis (a) mutualism (c) commensalism (d) protecooperation Tissue transplantation between animals of different species is termed as (b) xenograft (a) allograft (d) heterograft (c) isograft Single stranded RNA is found in (a) Influenza virus (b) . Tobacco mosaic virus (c) Poliomyelitis virus (d) In all of the above Which is the casual \agent for syphilis: (a) Haemophilus dllcrie(b) Treponema palladium (c) Chlomydia trachomatis (d) None of these A gene mutation which does not result in phenotypic expression IS termed: (a) onscnse mutation (b) Silent mutation (c) Missense mutation (d) Frame shift mutation Malecockroachdiffer from the female in having a pair of: (b) anal cerci (a) anal styles (d) antennae (c) podical plates

175. The inner Iinigs oflarge bronchi is covered with: (a) squamous epithelium (b) columnar epithelium (c) pseudo-stratified epithel ium (d) coloumnarepithelium 176. Which of the following types ofleucocytes are characterized by the presence of s-shaped nucleus: (a) Eosinophil (b) Basophil (c) Neutrophil (d) Monocyte 177. The matrix of cartilage is rich in : (a) glycoaminoglycan (b) glycoproteins (c) proteoglycans (d) ossein 178. Phosphagen maintain ATP concentration in: (a) muscle (b) liver (c) heart (d) all the above 179. Loss of appetite: fatigue muscle atrophy, paralysis, mental confusion and cardiac oedema are the deficiency symptoms of: (b) Riboflavin (a) Thiamine (d) Cyanocobalamin (c) Pyridoxine 180. Which of the followin9 vitamins is a coenzyme needed for protein an fatty acid synthesis: (a) Riboflavin (b) Pantothenic acid (c) Biotin (d) Pyridoxine 181. The sumtotal of inspiratoryreservevolume,tidal volumeand expiratoryeserve r volumeisreferred toas: (a) vital capacity (b) pulmonary capacity (c) functional capacity (d) respiratory capacity ' 182. Body fluid of sharks is: . (a ) ISO osmotic. to -A wa t er sea (b) hyperosmotic to sea water (c) hypoinic to sea water (d) hyperosmotic and hypoionic to sea water 183. Which of a followi'M minerals is the principal cation of interstitial uid: (b) Sodium (a) Potassium (d) Calcium (c) Iron 184. The ~el.ationous membrane covering the sensory air cells of the ear IS known as : (a) Reissner's membrane(b) Tectorial membrane membrane (c) Basilar membrane (d) Neuro-sensory 185. Which of the following is the function of parasym~r~etic nervous syte.m : ~a~ air muscle contraction b Acceleration of heart beat ~c ~ Pupilary constriction d Stimulation ofsweat gland . 186. The production, .secretlon and.eJ~ctlOnof milk by mammaryesland require the synertstlc effects of: (a) strogens ndprogesterone() prolactin a (d)' all the above (c) oxytocin
/

187. the stem anti ~a~ cavi%ofGr! c arc ente 188. he blastulain (a) blastocy coelobla 189. rganisms fi (a) cell pro I ~ secretio hich of in 190. ~a) With agl b) Maximum (c) 1 he bo (d) Withage, extracting 191. Which ofthefoil legally rotected p (a) Corezo (c) Trasition 192. Undueconce (a) phobia (c) neurasth 193. Which of the (a) FootandIT (c) Anthrax 194. Which ofth bulinacts as (a) IgA (b

g)

1. 11. 21. 31. 41. 51. 61. 71. 81. 91. 101. 111. 121. 131. 141. 151. 161. 171. }81. 191.

(a) (a) (a) (c)

(b) (b)
(c)

(b)
(d)
(c) (d) ~~ (b) (a) (a)

(b)
(c) (a)

(b)

2 12 22 32 42 52 62 72 82 92 102 112 122 132 142 152 162 172. 182 192

(c) (a) (c) (c)

(b)
(d)

(b)
(c)

(b) (b)
(a) (a) (c) (d) (a) (a)

(b) (b)
(d)

(a)

The authors & publis

( MI3I3S-132 )

187. the stem antron is applied to:

iscovered with: ~a~ cavi~ofGraafianfollicle(b) blastocoel c arc enteron (d) none of these 188. he blastula in mammals IS generally referred to as : . (a) blastocyst (b) blastodisc (c) coeloblastula (d) blastoderm 189. Organisms r.row by (a) cell pro iferationtb) cell enlargement (c) secretion (d) all the above 190. Which of incorrect : (a) With age, the brain loses some neurons (b) Maximum breathing capacity may decline with age (c) The body loses fat with age (d) With age, kidney ~raduaJJy become less efficient at extractmg wastes rom the blood 191. Whichofthefollowingzonesofa BiosphereReservecomprises a legally protected andundersteeredcosystem: e (a) Core zone (b) Buffer zone (c) Trasition zone (d) all the above 192. Undue concem about ones health is referred to as : (a) phobia (b) hypochondria (c) neurasthenia (d) hyperchondria 193. Which of the following is a bacterial disease: (a) Foot and mouth disease (b) Rinderpest (c) Anthrax (d) None of the above 194. Which of the following classes ofimmunoglobulin acts as mediator 111 allergic response: (a) IgA (b) IgM (c) IgE (d) IgO .

195. Monoclonal

196.

esarecharacterus: hil yte

197.

198.

ntration in: above e atrophy, padiac oedema vin obalamin isa coenzyme synthesis: enicacid me tidalvolume and capacity ry capacity

199.

200.

antibodies find application in: (a) studyofimmune response tomanyinfectious iseases d (b) purifying microbial products both for vaccine pro auction and for use in industrial processes (c) diagnosis of viral disease (d) all the above Which of the following recombinant products is used for enhancement of action of immune system: (b) Interferon (a) Intereukins (d) TissuePlasminogen ctivator A (c) Erythropoetin Electroencephalograph is used to map regions of brain activity associated with: (a) tumors (b) trauma (c) epilepsy .(d) all the above Durinff acute myocardial infarction which of the fo owing changes occurs in the ECG: (a) Flattended T wave (b) Depressed ST segment (c) Elevated ST segment (d) Increased length of P.Q. interval Imbalance of certain hormones, deficiencies of calciums and vitamin D are the major causative factors of: (a) rheumatoid arthritis (b) osteoporosis . (c) osteoarthritis (d) gouty arthritis Which of the following disease spreads through respiratory route (b) Mumps (a) Measles (d) All of the above (c) Influenze

Answers 2004-2005

to sea water the principal

ing the senas: embrane membrane ion of para-

1. 11. 21. 31. 41. 51. 61. 71. 81. 91. 101. 111. 121. 131. 141. 151. 161. 171. }81. 191.

(a) 2 (a) 12. (a) 22.

(c)

32.

(b) 42. (b) 52.

(e) 62 (b) 72. (d) 82 (e) Cf2.. (d) 102 (d? 112 (a 122. (b) 132 (a) 142. (a) 152 (b) 162 (e) 172 (a) 182 (b) ICf2..

(e) 3. (a) 13. (e) 23. (e) 33. (b) 43. (d) 53. (b) 63. (e) 73. (b) 83. (b) 93. (a) 103. (a) 113. (e) 123. (d) 133. (b) 143. (a) 153. (a) 163. (b) 173. (d) 183. (a) 193.

(b) 4. (a) 14. (b) 24.

34. 44. (b) 54; (a) 64. (e) 74. (e) 84. (b) 94. (b) 104. (a) 114. (d) 124. (a) 134. (b) . 144. (b) 154. (a) 164. (a) 174. (b) 184. (e) 194. (e) (e)

(e) 5. (a) 15. (d) 25. (e) 35. (e) 45. (a) 55. (d) 65. (e) 75. (e) 85. (d) 95. (d) 105. (d) 115. (d) 125. (d) 135. (b) 145. (a) 155. (e) 165. (e) 175. (e) 185. (a) 195.

Co) (e)

6. 16. (b) 26. Cd) 36. (a) 46. (a) 56.

(b) (d) (a) (a)

(e) (e)

(a) (i:i. (d) 76. (b) &S.

(e)

(d) (d) (b) (b) (b)

(e)

(e) (e) (d) l(i:i. (e) (b) 176. (e) (e) 186. (e) (d) I%. (e)

%. 1(Yi. 116. 126. 136. 146. 156.

(b) (b) (a)

(e)

(b)
(e)

(b) (b)

7. 17. Z7. 37. 47. 57. 67. Tl. 'irl. 97. 107. 117. 127. 137. 147. 157. 167. 177. l'irl. 197.

(d) (b) (b) (b)

(d)

(a) (d)
(e) (e)

(b) (d) (b) (a) (a) (b)

(e) (e)

(b)
(e) (e)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68. 78. 88. 98. 108. 118. 128. 138. 148. 158. 168. 178. 188. 198.

(d) 9. (b) 10. (b) (b) 19. (a) 20. (e) (b) 29. (b) :30. (b) (d) 39. (a) 40. (d) (b) 49. (e) SO. (d) (e) 59. (a) roo (b) (d) 69. (b) 70. (d) (e) 79. (b) 00. (e) (e) 89. (e) so (a) (d) 99. (b) 100. (b) (d) 100.. (b) 110. (b) (a) 119. (d) 120. (a) (d) 129. (d) 130. (d) (a) 139. (e) 140. (b) (b) 149. (e) ISO.(d) (e) 159. (d) lro. (e) (e) 169. (e) 170. (b) (a) 179. (a) 100. (e) (a) 189. (d) I~. (e) (d) 199. (b) 200. (e)

milk mamby of: n ve

The authors & publishers are not responsible for any incorrect answers that might have occurred due to computer composing.
( MBBS-133 )

M.B.B.S. Admission Test (A.M.V.)

Physics.Chemistry & Biology Set 2005-2006
1. 2. All are radially symmetrical except: . (a) hydra (b) starfish (b) sponge (d) spider. Which of the following protozoans possess two nuclei, one for the control of body functions and the other forsexual reproduction? (a) Entamoeba (c) Trypanosoma 3. (b) (d) Paramoecium None of these 13. II. Warning signs of insulin-dpendent diabetes are: (a) frequent urination and unusual thirst (b) extreme hunger and unusual thirst (c) unusual weight loss and extreme fatigue (d)all the above 12. The liveable part of the earth crust is constituted by: (a) Lithosph,ere (c) atmosphere (b) (d) hydrosphere all of these

')'). Which of the maturation of, (a) Folic aci (c) Pantothe 23. Bile salts:

(a) act as emt (b) help in thl cholestero (c) stimulate (d): perform a 24. Salivary amyl (a) K+

The technique of matching of a short segment of DNA or RNA with the matching of sequence of bases on a chromosome is called as: (a)gene probe (c)gene amplication (b) gene map (d) gene printing (b) Early Miocene and early Pliocene

Which of the following animals does not eliminate its nitrogenous waste as urea? (a) Tadpole (b) Toad (b) Frog fish (c) Elasmobranch

25. Which of the gland? (a) Salivary gl (c) Lacrimalg 26. In earthwormpai

4.

The earliest homonid appeared in: (a) Pleistocene (c) Late Miocene (d) Late Pliocene

14. Which of the following enzymes is referred to as "repair enzyme" ? (a) Primase (c) Ligase (b) (d) DNA-polymerase Helicase

(a) 4th to 7th se (c) 6th to 9th se

27. Which of thl characterised b~ (a) Lymphoc 28. (c) Monocyte Hyaline cartilag (a) articular SUI (c) bronchus

5.

Sperms acquire motility in: (a)testis (c)ejaculatory duct (b) seminal vesicle (d) epididymis

IS. Which of the following hormones has maximum effect on Na'excretion from kidney? (a) Cortisol (b) Aldosterone (a) HaemophiliaA (c) ~-thalasemia (b) ADH (d) Progesterone

6.

Which is not found in mammals? (a) Hepatic portal system (b) Hypophysal portal system (c) Renal portal system (d) Both hepatic and hypophysal systems

16. Which is not x-linked recessive? (b) Colour blindness (d) G-6PD deficiency

:~9. Tickfever is ca~ (a) bacteria I (c) protozoa

7.

Biodiversity of a region refers to the totality of: (a)genes (c) ecosystems (b) species. (d) <Illof these

17. Which of the following diseases is not related to immunodeficiency? (a) AIDS (b) SCID (c) ARC (d) SARS 18. The primary antibody response is mediated' by: (a) IgM (b) IgG (c) IgA (a) G-6PD 20. In transcription, (a) mRNA (d) IgE 19. The enzyme deficient in Gaucher's disease is: (d) Glucokinase anticondon is seen in: (c) Glucocerebrosidase (d) None of these (b) tRNA (c) rRNA (d) DNA

30. The state bird 0; (a) Sarus crane (e) Flamingo 31. Which is most e
(a)

8. The association wherein a sea anemone remains

attached to the shell of a hermit crabs is termed as: (a)mutualism (cjamensalism
9.

Cerebellum

(b) protocooperation (d) commensalism

Which is incorrect with regard to partial pressure of oxygen and carbon dioxide? (a) Alveoli-POziOO mm Hg: PCOz40mm Hg (b) Oxygenated blood-fDz95mm Hg: KDz40mmHg

(c) Neopallial c 32. Which of the f( c lotth ing pathwa: (a) Factor XII (e) Factor IX

21. In the absence of pregnancy, a decline in the levels of oestrogen 'and progresterone: (a) brings about mensturation (b) starts off a fresh positive feedback mechanism (c) triggers the hypothalamus gonadotropin (d) leads to all the above to release

33. In dual innervati (a) Goth nerve f (b) both nervef

(e)

I-g PCOz46mm Hg (d) Expired air- POz 32 mm Hg:PCOz I6mm Hg 10. Pseudostratified epithelium lines the:
(c) Deoxygenatedl:i:roFq4hun (a) vagina (b) conjuctiva of eyes (c) upper respiratory tract (d) ducts of large glands

one stimula (d) the response 3-1. The pars granule

(a)

(d)

DNA (t proteins anc

(M.B.B.S.-134)

12. Which of the following vitamins helps in the

maturation of erythrocytes? (a) Folic acid (c) Pantothenic Bile salts: (b) Cobalamine acid (d) Phylloquinone agent:

, dentdiabetes are: nusualthirst ualthirst xtremefatigue stisconstituted by: drosphere of these doesnot eliminate og mobranchfish es is referred to as

(a) act as emulsifying

(b) help in the absorption of fatty acids, cholesterol, etc. (c) stimulate bile production in the liver (d): perform all the above functions 24. Salivary amylase is activated by: (a) K+ (b) W+ (c) HCO)(d)CI'

25. Which of the following is branched saccular gland? (a) Salivary gland (b) Sw-eat gland (c) Lacrimal gland (d) Sebaceous gland 26. In earthworm paired spermathecae are found in : (a) 4th to 7th segment (b) 5th ro 8th segment . (c) 6th to 9th segment (d) 7th to 10th segment 27. Which of the following b-lood cells are characterised by kidney-shaped nucleus? (a) Lymphocyte (b) Neutrophil (c) Monocyte (d) Eosinophil 28. Hyaline cartilage is found in: (a) articular surfaces of bones (b) nasal septum (c) bronchus (d) all of these :~9. Tickfever is caused by: (a) bacteria (b) viru s (c) protozoa (d) an ecotoparasite 30. The state bird of Rajasthan is: (a) Sarus crane (b) Great Indian bustard
(c)

maximumeffect H gesterone ? our blindness

PD deficiency
s isnot related to SARS s mediated'by: IgE 's diseaseis: okinase of these en in: A (d) DNA lineinthe levels

3L

Flamingo (d) Horn ibill Which is most evolved in primal te brain?

(a)

Cerebellum (b) Diencephalon (c) Neopallial cortex (d) Optic lobes

E Which of the following factors of the intrinsic c lotthing pathway is a modifier pr otein? (a) FactorXII (b) FactorXI (c) Factor IX (d) Factor VIII 33. In dual innervation of an orgain: (a) both nerve fibres show stimi ilatory response (b) both nerve fibres show inhibi tory response (c) (d) 3-t The (a) (d) one stimulates and the othe .r inhibits the response is selective pars granulosa of nucleolus ; consists of: DNA (b) RNA ( c) proteins proteins and carbohydrates ;

ackmechan ism release

35. The titan filaments binds the: (a) actin filaments to Z line (b) myosin filaments to Z line (c) actin filaments to myosin filaments (d) myosin filaments to M line 36. Which is not true for enzymes: (a) Enzymes are protein with complex structure (b) Enzymes can be regulated with specific molecules (c) Enzymes are much sensitive to changes in pH . and temperature (d) Enzymes can catalyse diverse reactions 37. Which part of a neuron is covered by a lipid-rich layer? (b) Cyton (a) Dendrite (d) Node of Ranvier (c) Axon 38. Membrane proteins: (a) act as receptors for informal molecules (b) act as carriers for transport (c) help in ce II recognition (d) perform a II these functions 39. Muscle contrarion presents the best example of transformation of cellular energy to: (a) .mechanica.l energy(b) heat energy (c) electrical energy (d) light energy 40. The beak structuire of which of the following birds is adapted for ne-ctar sucking feeding habit. (a) Humming bird (b) Sparrow (c) Sand piper (d) Cormorant 41. The enzymes ofth e Krebs cycle are found in the: (a) soluble fracti on of the cell, outside mitochondria (b) matrix of the rnitochondria (c) inner membrane of the mitochondria (d) outer membra ne of the mitochondria 42. Which of the foJlowing is a systemic inflammatory r cspons e? (a) Redness (b) Swelling (c) Fever (d) All these 43. Which of the followi.ng regions of the open sea is devoid of pro! iucer? (a) Aphotic (b) Abyssal (c) Photic (d) None of these 44. tiny lesions on brain and spinal tissue, slip disc in spinal column and minute cancerous tumour can be detected by: (a) Magnetic Resonance Imaging (b) Sonography (r.) Position Emission Tomography (d) X-ray Radiography

'.

,I

"::

(M.B.B.S.-135)

45. Which ofth (a) (c) (a) (b) (a) (c)

following apes are found in India? (b) Gibbon (d) Orang-utan' (b) coelentrates : (d) none of these (b) beetles (d) centipedes (b) Fasciola

Gorilla Chimpanzee weeds echinoderms scorpions prawns

46. Sea lilies are :

47. Arthropods are oviparous except:

. 48. Which of the following is a free living flatworm? (a) Taenia (b) Schistosoma . (b) Planaria 49. The starting amino acid in the synthesis of most protein chains in eukaryotes is: (a) methionine (b) phenylanine (c) N-formylmethionine (d) Valine 50. Prenatal growth of higher vertebrates is: (a) (b) 51. The (a) auxetic (b) accretionary multiplicative (d) none of these group that is most predominant on earth is: Mosses. (b). Trachaeophytes (d) Liverworts

(b) 8rophytes

52, Study of algae is known as: (a) Phycology (b) Mycology (c) 8ryology . (d) Pteridology 53. Growth in a plant can be measured by: (a) Potometer (b) Ordinary microscope (c) Auxanometer (d) Calorimeter 54. Hydroponics is also called as: (a) Soil-less cultivation of plants (b) Parthenocarpy (c) Vivipary (d) Phytotron 55. The phytohormone that remains confmed to the site of its synthesis is: (a) gibberellin (b) auxin (c) ethylene (d) abscisic acid 56. Svedberg was awarded the Nobel Prize for the discovery cf : (a) Ultra-centrifuge (b) Electron microscope (c) Phase contrast microscope(d)None of these 57. The extracts of the pollen stimulates fruit, set in unpolliniated carpels, because of its richness (a) auxin (b) cytokinin (c) gibberellin (d) auxin and cytokinin 58. The pollen grains are normally. shed for pollination from the pollen sacs in: (a) Single celled stage (b) Double celled stage (c) Triple celled stage (d) Four celled stage

59. Double fertilization is the characteristic featureof: (a) Angiosperms (b) Gymnosperms (c) Gymnosperms and Angiosperms {d) None of these 60. The organalle associated with photorespiration is: (ji) Chloroplast (b) Mitochondria (c) Vacuole (d) Peroxisome 61. Vernalisation is a strategy of inducing early flowering in plants by giving specific pre-treatment treatment to the seeds. The pretreatment involves exposures to : (a) low temperature (b) high temperature (c) high pressure (d) all these 62. Single cell proteins (SCPs) can be produced using: (a) bacteria (b) yeast (c) filamentous fungi (d) all these 63. The monocytyledonous root differs from that of dictors in: (a) having more than six xylem bundles (b). having large well-developed pith (c) absene of secondary growth (d) all these 64. A flowering dicot plant which lack, cotyledons is: (a) Acacia (b) Cuscuta (c) Ficus (d) Dalbergia 65. The most obvious structure of a mature cell evident in a light microscope is the: (a) Chloroplast (b) Peroxisome (c) Cellwall (d) None of these 66. Which among the following is not true of fungi: (a) They can be saprophytic (b) They can be multicellular (c) They can be photosynthetic (d) They can be anaerobic 67. Ifthe pollen is transferred from anther of one flower to the stigma of another flower the same plant, it is referred to as: (a) allogany (b) autogamy (c) xenogany (d) geitonogamy 68. Cauliflower is: (a) (b) (c) (d) Production of flowers on old stem from dormant buds Production of flowers on a young stem Production of flowers from epithyllous buds

70. Vas~ularl (a) Algae

(c) Gymos 71. The functi (a) Absor] (c) Store 72. Thefolio (a) Protop (c) Anthen 73. Formatio sporphyte (a) Aposp (c) Aganei 74. Vascularpi (a) Gymn (c) Angisp 75. Breedingi (a) Genus 76. With incr surface are (a) remains (c) decreas 77. In spite of plants accui as compar (a) is sweet (c) ismore 78. Dark reacti (a)' only in (b) in prese (c) both in ~ (d) more ra~ 79. The ionsoft involved in (a) Pb,Fe,Ni
(c) Mg, Mn

Production of single flower at the apexof aerial root 69. Vacuoles of plants can be involved in: (a) storage of some nutrients (b) control of turgor pressure
I

80. At the end 0 plate forma (a) microtuf (c) endoplas 81. During the s due to prod (a)ABA(A
(d) Gibbereif 82. Double fertifi (a) Angiospe (c) Gymnos

(c) regulation of cellular pH (d) all these

(M.B.B.S.-136) .

cteristicfeature of: Gymnosperms iospenns photorespiration is: Mitochondria . Peroxisome of inducing early pecific pre-treatment retreatmentinvolves hightemperature allthese be produced using: yeast allthese differsfrom that of lembundles opedpith wth (d) all these Ihlack,cotyledons is: Ficus(d) Dalbergia ofa mature cell isthe: Peroxisome None'Ofthese isnottrue of fungi:

70. Vascular cryptogams is the term used for: (a) k.lgae . (b) Pteridophytes .(c) Gymospersm (d) Angiosperms 71. The function of amyloplast is to: (a) Absorb water (b) Absorb light (c) Store fats (d) Store starch 72. The following can be used as explant in tissue culture: (a) Protoplasts (c) Anthers (b) Young embryos (d) All these

83. -Ifthe following part ofa flower develops as a part of the fruit, the resulting fruit is referred to as false fruit: (a)thalamus (b) receptacle (c) calyx (d) all of these 84. Seed dormancy can be broken or its duration reduced by: (a) scarification of the seed coat

(b) stratification of seeds

(c) change of temperature/pressure/light (d) all of these 85. Treatment of plant cell with the enzymes cellulase andpectinage results in the formation of: (a) chloroplast (b) leucoplast (c) protoplast (d) none of these 86. Formation offruit without fertilization is known as: (a) Polygamy (b) Polyembryony (c) Parthenocarpy. (d) All ofthese 87. In short day plants flowering will occur: (a) (b) (c) (d) If the light period is interrupted by dark If the dark period is not interrupted by light Under both the conditions (a) and (b) None of the above.

73. Formation of gametophyte like structure from sporphyte without reduction division is called: (a) Apospory (b) Apogamy (c) Aganestospenny (d) None of these 74. Vascular plants that produce seeds but no fruits, are: (a) Gymnosperms (b) Fenns (c) Angispenns (d) None of them 75. Breeding is possible between two members of: (a) Genus (b) Family (c) Order (d) Species 76. With increase in size ofa cell, the ratio of its surface area to volume:
(a) remains unaltered (b) increases slightly (c) decreases (d) increases several fold

'1 :::::.

77. In spite of the overall abundance of glucose, plants accumulate fructose in ripe fruits beccause, as compared to glucose fructose: (a) is sweeter (b) gives more energy on oxidation (c) is more stable to oxidation (d) occupies less space 78. Dark reactions of photosynthesis take place: (a)' only in the absence of light (b) in presence of light only (c) both in presence or absence of light (d) more rapidly in the absence oflight 79. The ions of the following heavy metals are directly involved in photosynthesis in higher plants. (a) Pb.Fe, Ni, Co (b) Mg, Zn,Cu,Hg (c) Mg, Mn, Co, Fe (d) Mg, CU,Mn,Fe 80. At the end of the nuclear division, the site of cell plate formation is determined by the position of (a) microtubules (b) vesicles (c) endoplasmic recticulum (d) golgi bodies 81. During the severe drought stotamata are closed due to production of the plant hormone: (a) ABA (Abscisic Acid) (b) I.A.A.(lndole Acetic Acid (d) G ibberell ins (d) Ascorbic Acid IQ. Double fertilization is the characteristic feature of: (a) Angiosperms (b) Gymnosperms (c) Gymnosperms and Angiosperms (d) None ofthese

88. Cells of green plants, exposed to sunlight produce ATPby: (a) photophosphorylation only
I~

(b) oxidative phosphorylation only (c) substrate level phosphorylation only (d) all of these 89. The condition in which a large number of nuclei nuclei are present in a single cell due to the absence of cytoplasmic division that normally follows the telephase is described as: (a) polyploidy (b) syncytium (c) heterokaryon (d) none of these 90. In most plants stomata open during the day and close in darkness. Exceptions to this are the: (a) Crassulacean acid Matabolism (CAM) plants (b) C) plants (c) C. plants (d) None of these 91. Anthropogenic extinction refers to the disappeararanee of species from the face of earth due to: (a) Climatic Change (b) Impact ofIarge meteors (c) Human activ.ities (d) None of these fJ2. The element not present in RNA: (a) Nitrogen (b) Sulphur (c) Oxygen (d) Hydrogen 93. In highly differentiated multicellular organisms some genes are expressed in all types of cells. Such genes are referred to as: (a) Key genes (b) Core genes (c) House keeping genes (d) None of these

c
etic manther of otherflower o as: autogamy geitonogamy noldstem from on a young stem omepithyllous buds owerat the apex of olvedin:

(M.B.B.S.-I37)

94. The principal enzyme is involved in transcription is: (a) DNA dependent RNA polymerase (b) DNA dependent DNA polymerase (c) RNA dependent DNA polymerase (d) RNA dependent RNA polymerase 95. Pleitrophyrefersto the situation in which a single gene: (a) controls one phenotype (b) controls more than phenotype (c) does not controls any phenotype (d) None of these 96. The following does not constitute a strategy for lowering global warming: (a) Limiting the use of fossils fuels (b) Increase in vegetation (forest) cover (c) Increase in the use of nitrogen fertilizers (d) Using substitutes for chlorofluorocarbons 97. The process of nutrient enrichment of water, -resulting resulting in profuse growth of one of few organisms and consequent loss of species diversity is referred to as: (a) Biologicalmagnification (b) Species promotion (c) Eutrophication (d) None of these 98. The transgenic Bt cotton being cultivated on trial basis in this country has a gene isolated from a soil bacterium. The gene synthesizes the protein: (a) Hirudin (b) (CRY) protein (c) Polygalacturonase (d) f3-galactosidase' 99. The plant that is used as a model system for the study of plant genetic is: (a) Arabidopsis thalinia (b) Pisum sativum . (c) Cicer arietinum (d) Ocimum sanctum 10.0.Biofertilizers are: . (a) Chemical produced by modem biotechnology (b) Chemicals isolated from plants or animals (c) Micro-organisms that promote plant growth (d). None of the above. 10I. The velocity v of surface waves on a liquid may be related to their wavelength, the A,the surface tension of the liquid I and its density p by the following equations: V=rl.apppY where K is a dimensionless constant. The value of a,p and y should respectively be given as : (a) I I 2'+2"-2 I 1 (b) (d) -1,+1,-1 + 1,-1,+1

I02~The position of a ball rolling in a straight line is given by x=2.0+6.61-J. J f where x is in meters and I in seconds. It's average velocity over the interval t= 1.0 s to.t=3.0 s and its instantaneous velocity at t=3.0swill respectively be equal to: (a) 2.2 mis, 2.2 mls (b) 2.2 mis, 0 (c) 4.4 mis, 2.2 m/s (d) none of the above 103.A particle starts from the origin at t=0 s with x-y a velocity 1O.0}mls and moves in the plane with a constant acceleration of (8.01'+ 2.0 m/s". The speed of the particle at 1=2 s wille near to: (a) 29 fils (b) 21 m/s (c) 16m/s (d) 14 m/s 104.Raindrops make and angle 8 with the vertical when viewed through a moving train window, If the speed of the train is vi, what is the speed of the raindrops in the reference frame of the earth in which they arey assume to fall vertically?

. . 109.A smooth uni has two identii of mass m, whi Initially the tw and the systet velocity 000 ab rod and passing no external fo ends of the rod, !Ii

J)

Moo (c) __ .0_

M+9m

I IO.Consider an obj uniform velocitj shown by the line

p-

(a) vrcos 8 (b)vr/cos8(c)vrtan8(d) v/-tan8 105.A ball on the end of a string is revolving at a uniform rate in a vertical circle of radius 1.2 m. Its speed 4.0 mls and mass is 0.30 kg. Let T, and T, represent the tensions in the string when the ball is at the top and bottom of its path, respectively, then: (b) T-T=IN .(a) Tb+T,~6N , (d) T-T=7N (c) Tb-T,=6N b , (Take g = 10 m/s')

"

Let 0 be a point 0 and A and 8 are ~ the particle.ld angular momentu wh~n at position ~ which of the fol/oJ
(a)

(b)
(c)

L,\ = Lu =0 L,,=Lu=1.4J
LA = Lu =

106.Two blocks of masses mJ=50 kg and nl2 =30 kg. connected by a light string passing over a light frictionless pulley, rest on two smooth inclined planes as shown in the figure. When the system is released from rest the tension in the string would be: (a) -200N. (b) -250N (c) -300N ~ (d) -250N 107.A 150 g mass cricket ball moving with a velocity of 12 m see:' is hit by a bat and is turned back with a velocity of20-1 If the average force exerted by the bat on the ball was 480N, the time for which the force of the blow was acting was: (a) O.04se~ (b) 0.03sec (c) 0.02sec (c) 0.01 see 108.The potential energy of a certain particle is given

1.4~

(d)

None of these

m,Am,

I I I.The mass and diamc uhat of the earth. The tin pendulum" (period = 2 surface of this plane (a) ,12 s (b) 2 s

1 t 2.1\ mass of9 kg is SU! by an aluminium wir (If <.:ross-section 3 rnm', 1 stored in the wire is c
(a)

9 .... 10~J

(<.:)

4.5xI01)

by U=

(x2-r). The force on it is :

I 1 (a)+ 2 '-2'+2

(a) ~x i+zk (c) ~ (-x i+z k)

(b) (d)

xi +z k ~ (x i -z k)

1 1.l.A water film is madeb length 10 em each, a from each other. Wo distance between the, (a) 0.70" 10 ') Ir<.:) 1.75 /10 'J

( surface tension of wat

(M.B.B.S.-138)

ight line is

t'saverage

1.0 s and its

spectively

109.A smooth uniform rod of length L and mass M has two identical beads of negligible size, each of mass m, which can slide freely along the rod. Initially the two beads are at the centre of the rod and the system is rotating with an angular velocity Wo about an axis perpendicular to the rod and passing through its mid-pint. There are no external forces. When the beads reach the ends of the rod, the angular velocity of the system is: (a) (c) Mw (b) M+6:

114.In a horizontal flow the pressure of water is reduced when it comes to narrow pipe from wide pipe while flowing. This is explained using (a) the principle of continuity (A v = const.) I (b) the Bernoulli's theorem (P+-pv2=const.) 2 (c) the principle of continuity and Bernoulli's theorem rogether ideal gas: PV= /lRT -(l),PV= RT -(2), PV=2/3E-(3) (d) none of the above. 1I5.Consider the following three relationship for an

rabove swithx-ya me with a ~m/s2.The earto: ~) 14 mls vertical vindow. If ~speed of theearth in tally? ) v!-tan e Iving at a lius 1.2m. LetT/and ring when f its path,

00"

Q-J
~

Mwo Mwo ~Lh.-) I-\..I.l~ . (d) -I M+ 9 m M-9 m<..0wo II O.Consider an object of mass 2 kg moving with uniform velocity 3.5 mls along a straight path shown by the line PQ.
p__ ~A~

Which of the above relations represents! represent equation of state of the gas? (a) (c) (I) only (2) and 3) (b) (d) (l)and(2) (1), (2) and (3)

__~B~---__Q
.u 90"

OB=0.2 m OA=0.2 "2

Let 0 be a point 0.2 m away from the line and A and B are two points on the path of the particle. If LA and La denote the angular momentum of the object about 0 when at position A and B respectively, then which of the following is true. (a) (b) (c) (d) L" = Ln = 0 L" = Lll = 1.4 J-S L" = LI)= 1.4'-'2J-s and LB= 1.4.J-s None of these

116. When a system is taken from A to C via B it absorbs 180 J of heat and does 130 J of work. How much heat does the system absorb in going from A to C via D, if it performs 40 J of work in doing so ?
p

(a) (b) (c)

140J 170J 50J

(d) 90J

AD
104 J KgK-'
4

nl1=30 kg. ver a light inedplanes ~isreleased ~ldbe:

I I I .The mass and diameter of a planet are twice l'llat of the earth. The time-period of a "second pendulum" (period = 2 s on earth) on the surface of this planet would be : (a) '-''2 s (b) 2 s (b) 2'-'2 s (d) 4 s 112./\ mass of9 kg is suspended from a ceiling by an aluminium wire of length 2 m and area ofcross-section 3 rnm". The elastic energy stored in the wire is equal to:
(a)

117.The graph refers to an experiment in which an initially solid specimen of nitrogen absorbs heat at a constant rate. Nitrogen melts at 63 K. and the specific heat capacity of nitrogen is 1.6 x I OJ J kgIK-'. What is the specific latent heat' of fusion of nitrogen? y: (a) 1.6 x 104 JKgK-' "f 7l - - - - - (b) 2.4 (c) 3.2
x
X

: n
~\

104 J KgK-' t
I "

1 I

~a velocity rned back erceexerted eforwhich c)O.Olsec leis given

(e)

9 ". 10 " J 4.5x 10"J

(b) (d)

6 x 10-2 J 1.5 x IO-JJ

11.l_Awater film is made between two parallel wires of length 10 cm each, and at a distance of 0.5 em from each other. Work needed to increase the distance between the wires by 1 mm is equal to : (<I) 0.70"10'J (b) (d) 1.40xI0'J None of these 7.0
x 1O.2N/m)
I'C)

(d) 4.8xIOJKgK. 0 "0 "Ou600Tj~S) I J8.A body executing linear harmonic motion has a velocity of3cm see" when its displacement is 4 cm, and a velocity of 4 cm see" when its displacement is 3cm. Given that the mass of the body is 50 g. the total energy of the oscillation is: (a) 5.5 x IO-s J (b) 6.25 x IO-~J (c)7.28
x

IO-s J

(d) 8.9

IO-~J

k)

1.75 / 10 'J

(surface tension ofwater=

I J9.Two open ended organ pipes are sounded together and 8 heats per second are heard. If the shorter pipe is oflength 0.08 m, what is the length of the other pipe? (a)O.82m(b)0.83m(c) 0.87m(d) 1.00m

(M.B.B.S.-139)

I20. The equation of transverse wave in a rope is given by: y= 10sinn:(0.01)x 2.00/) where y and x are expressed in centimetres and! in seconds. The maximum transverse speed of particle in the rope would be around: (a) 63 cm s-, (b) 79 ern s-, (c) 102cms-' (d) 200 cm s-, 121 .A solid conducting sphere of radius a has a net positive charge 2 Q. A conducting spherical shell of inner radius b and out radius c is concentric with the solid sphere and has a net charge Q. Th surface density on the inner surface of the

124.A typical copper wire might have 2 x 1021free . electrons in 1.0 em of its length. Suppose the drift speed of the electrons along the wire is 6.0 x IQ-4 mls. How many electrons would pass through a given cross-section of the wire each second? (a) 1.2x10'6 (b) 1.2x 1018(c) 1.2x1020 (d)3.3xI014 125. What is the potential difference between the points . X and A of the circuit shown in the figure if the current in the 8 resister is 0.5 amp? (a)6V (b)12V (c)18V (d)24 V .

132.A single slit i wavelengths diffraction mi second minim related as : (a) (c)

A.=\
A.)\

l:~~~~::rill r~'
be (c) - Q/4~ b2 (d) 3Q/4n: bZ
IL

x~l. U-;(~--~l...J y
~\l : L-W'\oY~.J "

~1

rr0D---J~n

RU

\:3...
.~~-I

'r\h.!:::.t::J
._/-

~--=::S

122.Let E" Ez, E2,E4 and E, denote the electric fields due to the charges QI,Q1'qJ,q4 and Q$ respectively in the following distribution of charges and let S be a closed surface enclosing some of the charges as shown in the figure, Then which of the following equations is true according to the Gauss's law:

126. A potentiometer is connected between A and B and the balance point is obtained at 203.6 em. When the end of the potentionmeter connected to B is shifted to C, then the balance point is, obtained 24.6 em. lfnow, the potentionmeter be connected between Band C, the balance point will be at (a)179.0cm (b)197.2cm (c)212.0cm (d)228.2cm 127.Consider the particle of charge Q describing a closed orbit like that of an electron in an atom. The angular momentum of the particle L, and the magnetic dipole moment M of the corresponding current loop are related as:
Q ~ ~ Q:"

133.The eye-piece convex lenses ~ separated by a placed relative of the telescope is seen at infinit (a) (c) jl3 jl4

134.If an object isph an infinite numl mirrors are a dis 'is put at the mid distances of the given as: (a) nb (b) 2nb

a) ':H,

Ai

(-.1 + --. -I- .. ) E E2 E,

J

. d s == to

..

Closed surface

where n= 1,2,3,. .

(1/,+Q2+q) (b)

<#. (E, + 2 + 3)
(q,

. cis = E10 . 1\
+ q4 + q5) dS' =
do

.tt,

tt~

(q, + Qz + q3

(c)

<# (E, + E~+ E, + E4 + E5)'

+ qz + q3 + Cf4 + Cfs).

(d)

#. (E,

2 + E., + E4 + Es) dS' = E10

(b)M=-L M=-L 2m 2m q (d) None of these (c) L=-M 2m Here m represents the mass of the particle 128.The maximum torque on a coil 0.05 m x 0.12 m composed of 600 turns, when it is carrying a current of 10-5 A in a uniform field 0.1 0 T will be equal to : (a) (a) 6.0 x I~N-m (b) 6.0 x 1O-~-m (c) 3.6 x 1O-6N-m (d) 3.6 x 1O-~-m 129.An infmitely long straight wire contains a uniformly continuous current of lOA. The radius of the win: is 4 x 10-2 m from the centre ofthe wire will be : (a) 0 (b) 1.5x 10-5), (c) 5.0 x IO-ST(d)None of'thethe e 130.The magnetic flux through a circuit carrying a current of2.0 A is 0.8 Weber. If the current reduc es to 1.5 A in 0.1 s, the induced emf will be (a)2.0V (b)4.0 V (c) 8.0 V (d)None of the abr ive 131.ln a series LCR circuit resonance occurs at I x 105 Hz. At that time, the potential difference across the 100 n resister is 40 V while the potential differ ence across the pure inductor is 30V. The inductar iceL of the inductor is equal to: (a) 1.0 x 10-3 H (b) 7.5 x IQ-4H (c) 5.0 x 1O-4H (d) 12 x 10-4H

135.A Uniform mo wavelength 4xI0 function of2.0 e 3.0 x 10-9 W m em itted per m1 al (a) 6.04 x 1091 (b) (c) .(d) 6.04xWe

6.04 x 10ge

(Cf, + (/z + q3) 123.Consider the network shown here, B is a 4 V battery of zero internal resistance; S, and S2 are switches and C, and C2 are ideal capacitors of values shown. Suppose S, is closed keeping S2 open till the capacitor C, is fully charged. Then S, is opened and S2 is closed so that C2 gets charged. The energy stored in the capacitors is equal to :

Noneof tlu

136.Actinum 231,23: particles four alp several y-rays. , (a) 221Au

79

(c) 221Pb
N'

Br
(a)

~-~~

1
(b) (d)

.L .
4 x 10-6J 32 x 10-6J

137.The activity ofa I mCi. If the decay hour, then itsactiv (a)4mCi
(c) 16mCi

(4VL~z=3I.lf

(c)

138.The least band em for use ill LED sh (a) 0.7 eV (b) 1.1

(M.B.B.S.-140)

aye 2 x 1021 free Suppose the drift is6.0x lo-'m/s. sthrough a given second? xl020 (d) 3.3x 1024 betweenthe points n the figure if the p?

132.A single slit is illuminated by light whose wavelengths are \ and \. so chosen that the first diffraction minimum of A. coincides with the second minimum OfAb The two wavelengths are related as :. (a) (c) \=\ Aa~2Ab (b) 2A.=\'

139. The table given below A 0 0 1 1 B 0 1 0 1

y 1

0 1 0

(d) 2\,=3\,

between A and B ined at 203.6 crn. nmeter connected e balance point is , potention meter be he balance point 2.0cm (d) 228.2 em rge q describing a \ectron in an atom. e particle L, and the fthe corresponding
~ q:'"

133.The eye-piece ofa telescope consists of two planoconvex lenses L, and Lz each offocallengthJ separated by a distance ofj!2. Where should L, be placed relative to the focus of the objective lens of the telescope so that the [mal image through L2 is seen at infinity? (a) (c) f/3 f/4. (b) (d) 2f/3 f/2

(a )/\ -r'-""~ B
~-.'j -

represents the truth table for which of the following combinations of logic gates?

(b) A-r\.. ,. B -&.....::'P_J-{>-'

Y
., .,i

(c)

~::1)r:::L)-!>--Y L-_-'

(d)

None

of these

~ 140. With R=IOk, which of the following values ofC is most approprate for ARC -filter of carrier waves of frequency 200 kHz in a diode AM-detector? (a) I pF (b) 10nF (c) InF (d) luf 141. Which of the following quantities depends on the . choice of orientation of the coordinate axes? (a) a+b
-+ -+

134.lfan object is placed between two parallel mirrors, an infinite number of images result. Suppose the mirrors are a distance 2b apart and a point object -is put at the mid point between the mirrors. The distances of the images from the object may be given as: (a) nb (b) 2nb (c) (n+l)b (d) (2n+l)b

(b) 3ax+2by (d)

(c) angle between band c

where n= 1,2,3, ..... 135.A Uniform monochromatic beam of light of wavelength 4x IO-7m falls on a material having work function of2.0 eV. If the beam has an intensity of 3.0 x 10-9 W m", then the number of electrons em itted per mZ and per s will be: (a) 6.04 x 109 electrons s+rn' (b) (c) (d) 6.04 x 109 electrons SlmZ 6.04
x

b)M=-L 2m (d) None of these fthe particle .oilO.OSmxO.12rn it iscarrying a current lOT will be equal to : 6.0x 1O-9N-m
r

Where band care vectro quantities and a x an b y are the comonents of the vectors a and b along the x- arid y-axes respectively, 142. A constant torqu of 10 N-m is applied to a wheel pivoted on a fixed axis. The power furnished tothe wheel when it is rotating at'!"'" revolution per sec. IS: 2 (a) 3.14W(b) 5.0W(c) 15.70W(d) 31AW 143. A solid cylinder of mass 2 kg and radius 0.1 m rolls down an inclined plane of height 3 m witout slipping. Its rotational kinetic energy when it reaches the foot of the plane would be: (a) 22.71 (b) 19.6 J (c) 10.2 J (d) 9.8 J 144. With the increase of temperature of black body the peak of t!le spectral energy distribution ofthe radiation shifts towards lower wave lengths. This is given by: (a) Kirchhoff;s law (b) Wein's displacement law (c) Stefan's law (d) Rayleigh-Jeans law 145.The distances of two from the sun are R,=IO'J m and Rz = 10'2m. The ratio of the speeds of the plants (a)

a,

la+b -cl
i

!v

109 electrons s"m'z the above

Noneof

3.6 x 10-9N-m containsa uniformty eradius of the win: ofthe wire will be : IT (d) None ofthe the! se a circuit carrying a Ifthe current reduc :es emfwill be I)Noneof the abc ive Iceoccurs at I x 10s Hz. difference across the epotential differ ence OV.The inductar Ice L 7.5 X 10-4 H 1.2X 10-4 H

136.Actinum 231,231 89 AC. emits in succession twojr-, particles four alphas, one ~'-, and one alpha plus several y-rays. What is the resultant isotope??; (a) 221Au
79

(b)21IAu
79

(c) 221pb
K2

(d) 211Pb
82

137.The activity ofa certain radioactive sample is 128 mCi. If the decay constant of the material be 6.93 hour, then its activity after 30 minutes will reduce to: (a)4 mCi (c) 16mCi (b) 12.8mCi (d)32mCi

v,

will be: (b) (J..)1/2 10 (J..)'12 10

( I 0) ,,"

13K The least band energy gap of the semiconductor for use in LED should be around: . (a)0.7eV (b) 1.1 eV (c) 1.8eV (d)2.8eV

(c)

(10)'12

(d)

(M.B.B.S.-141)

146.Two identical large and thin metal plates are separately charged so that the surface charge density on the plates is + c and c -. The two plates are then brough together and arranged to form a parallel plate capacitor. The electric field in the region between the plates will be equal to: (a) 0 (b) ~
E

154.Following geometrical arrangement of atoms about a-central atom is predicted by coordination number of 4 :, (a) plane triangular (b) primitive cubic (c) octahedral (d) tetragonal . 155.One mole ofN204 in a litre flask decomposes to attain, the equilibrium: NP4(g) 2N02(g) Atthe equilibrium, the mole fraction ofN02 is 112,Hence K -} will be: (a) --} (b) (c) ~ (d) 1

163. In the conce KCI, the mol the followin

(a)

~I/ I U

(c) 2cr
EO

(d) 4cr
EO

147.A polariser and analyser are so oriented that the maximum amount oflight is transmitted. To what fraction of its maximum value is the intensity of the transmitted light reduced when the analyser is rotated through 30? (a) 0.75 (b) 0.50 (c) 0.25 (d) 0, 148.The direction of propagation of electromagnetic waves is given by the direction of:
,-+ ' -+

(C)!~

(a) (c)

VectorE Vector

(b) (d)

VectorB None of these

& Xa)

149.A transistor amplifier in CE configuration amplifies an input of 0.0 I V to 2.5 y. The collector resistance Rc and the input resistance ~ are in the ratio of 5: I. The current amplication factor 13 of the transister is: (a) 5 (b) 50 (c) 250 (d) None ofthese 150.Which mode of of communication is most suitable for carrier waves of frequencies around 100 MHz: (a) Satellite (b) Ground wave (c) Line sight (d) Indospheric 151.A hydrocarbon on completely burning in excess of oxygen gives 44 g of CO2 and 9 g ofHp. The empirical formula of the hydrocarbon may be: (a) CH (b) CH1 (c)

en, (d)
(b) (d)

Cj!4 depends on the

152.Electronic energy ofH-atom quantum number(s): (a) (c)

n,iand m
nand m only

nand I only

n only
of'H, at 500 atm

153.The value of-

PV for one mole RT

and O"Cis.I.I. This alone shows had: (a) H2cannot be liquefied (b) critical pressure of H2 is above 500 atm (c) at 500 atm and O"C,attractive force between H2 molecules appreciable (d) at 500 and OC,repulsive force between H2 ' molecules is predominant

156.HCO;is a conjugated acid of: (a) H2C03 (b) HCOOH (b) CO;(d) CO2 157.The pHCO I ofM NH4CI (aq) at 25C should be: (a) Zero (b) between 6 and 7 ' (c) 7 (d) above 7 158.In a saturated solution of braium chloride, the concentration of chloride ions is doubled by adding cone. HCl.This will cause the concentration of barium ions to: (a) remain unchaged '1 (b) double (c) changed by a factor 2 (d) changed by factor of 4 159.Consider the following at 298 K ~O(g~H(g)+OH(g) Mf2=498 KJ/mol OH(g) ~H(g)+O(g) , Lili" =428 KJ/mol The value of bond enthaply for O-H should be: (a)70kJ/mol' (b)428kJ/mQI (c) 463 kJ/mol (d) 498 kJ/mol 160. The entropy of the "surroundings" will rise in the following process: (a) H2(g)~( 2H(g) (b) CaC03(s )~CaO(s }+C02(g) (2H(g), (c) Heating a "crystalline solid" from 10K to lOOK. (d) Spontaneous cooling of "crystals" in a closed bottle 161. Which one ofthe following in an ex tensive property? (a) entopy (b) reaction enthalpy (c) molar volume (d) temperature 162.Consider the reaction: M+e- ~M in a half cell at 25"C. The following realation is wrong. (a) E=EO+O.059 log [M+]in volts (1:ilG =nFEcell I (c)ilG=RTInK (d)ilG=ilH-nS

164.A large incr ,temperature i (a) increasein (b) increase iE (c) increase ~ (d) lowering c 165.The rate law

The unit of k ~ (a) mol S-I (b) 166. Which one of ofLangmuirtl (a) Adsorptioi (b) Adsorptio~ (c) Adsorptiod equilibrium (d) Second ad. sites on ths 167.Among the fol in cleansing ac (a) formation c (b) emulsificati (c) unicellizatk 168.The one among moment is: (a) BF3 (b) 169. The correct on ofB,C,O and 11 (a) B<C<N (c) O<N<B< 170.HP2 reactswith sulphate to fom (a) ferrous sulp (c) ferric hydro 171.1ron pyrites is n owing to its: (a) high sulphur (c) high oxygen 172.Lithium nitrate product(s) amor (a) LiN02 (b) Li

(M.B.B.S.-142)

t of atoms wordination cubic I mposes to ,the ~ will be: d) I

163. In the concentration range of 10-4M to 10-3M of KCI, the molar conductivity (I\)versus cY'plothas the following shape:

(a)

AI/ L

173. Consider the following sequence of reactions: PtIRh NH +air Ys-Y 3 500 K/9 bar (1 vol.X10vol) . 420K X+ unreacted air ~ The product 'Z' is : (a) N02 (b) NP3 (c) HN02 (d) HN0 3 174.SF6 has following 'hybridization scheme' and 'molecular geometry':
(a) dsp', trigonal bipyramidaJ (b) dsp', square pyramidal

should be: nd 7 oride, the oubled by ncentration Ie

Kllmol Kllmol
uldbe:

164.A large increase in reaction rate for a rise in temperature is due to: (a) increase in the nwnber of collisions per s econd (b) increase in the number of activated molecules (c) increase in activation energy. (d) lowering of activation energy 165.The rate law for the decomposition of A is 3f2 . rat=k PA The unit of k may be: (a) mol s' (b) mol cm+s-' (c) Pa sol(d) Pa-v's-' 166. Which one of the following is not the assumption ofLangmuirtheory of adsorption: (a) Adsorption Occurs only on adsorption (b) Adsorption sites are identical (or equivalent) (c) Adsorption leads to adroption - desorption equilibrium (d) Second adsorption layer is found at adroption sites on the first adsorbed monolayer 167.Among the following, the one that is not involved in cleansing action of soap is: (a) formation of an associated colloid (b) emulsification . (c) unicellization (d) demulsification 168.The one among the following with zero dipole moment is:

(c) dsp', square planar (d) sp'd', octahedral 175.Which one of the following electronic configurations does not f0110wHund's rule? (a) Ar": I S22S22 6 2S23 6 (b) Cr24:[Ar]3d 4s p 4 2 p . (C) Cu29:[Ar]3dlO4s' (d) Z 30:[Ar]3dlO 4s 2 n 176. Mn (Z=25) forms a divalent ion with dipole moment of: (a) -Vs!la (b)mJ.1a (c) mllB (d)-v63~lB 177.!n [Nicl.]", the metal uses: (b) d 3h id (a) dsp- hybrids sp yn s (c) d2sp3 hybrids. (d) sp'hybrids I 78.The oxidation nwnberofN in (NH )2 Crp7 is: 4 (a) +6 (c) +5 (a) +3 (d) -6 I 79.The product 'Z' formed during the nuclear reaction, 1313238U~X~ y~Z 92 should be (a) 237 Z 90 (c) 237 Z 94 (b) 239Z 92 (d) 239 Z 94

r :::::.

. '.

, I. ,
(

Irise in the

to
in a ex tensive nthalpy

(a) BF3 (b) NF3 (c) CI02 (d) CH2 Cl2 169. The correct order of first ionisation enthalpy ofB,C,O and N is: . (a) B<C<N<O (b) B<C<O<N (c) O<N<B<C (d) N<O<C<B 170.HP2 reacts with strongly alkaline solution of ferric sulphate to form: (a) ferrous sulphate (b) iom metal (c) ferric hydroxide (d) hydrozen 171.Iron pyrites is not used for th production of iron owing to its: (a) high sulphur content (b) low sulphur content (c) high oxygen content (d) low oxygen content 172.Lithium nitrate on heating gives the following product(s) among others: (a) LiN02 (b) L~N(c)LiP,NO(d)L~O,N02

180.Which one of the following is most stable carbocation e (a) CHlH2 (b) H C-CH e e 3 2 (c) CH CHCH) (d) CH)CH Ch 3 2 181. Which one of the foIIowing not give2 yeIIow precipitate on heating with iodine in the presence of sodium hydroxide? (b) CH CfI,Cu.Ofl 1 (a) CH)CHpH .. :(d) C6Ii~Cl;~,c-'("OCfl (c) C6HsCH2COC~ .r __ . h.l, . 182.Benzene reacts with CH)COCI in the presence of AICI) to give: (a) C)IsCI (b) C HS 3 6 CH (d) C H COCH 6 ozonolysis s gives 3only not reduce Fehlin 's is: 3-hexene

=nFEceI, tlli-T6S

(c) C H COCI 6 s J83.A hyrorcarbon C H'2 upon 6 one product which does solution. The hydrocarbon (a)2-hexene (b) (c)2-methyl-2-pentene

(d) 2,3dimethyl-2-butene

(M.B.B.S.-143)

184.In Clemmensen' s reduction of carbonyl compounds, the c.atalyst used is: (a) LiAIH4 (b) NH2NHjKOH (c) SnlHCI. , (?) Z.n-H~Cl 185.The Cannizzaro s reaction ISnot given by: (a) accetaldehyde (b) benzaldehyde (c) formaldehyde (d) trimethyl acetaldehude 186.When propionic acid is treated with aqueous NaHCO) carbon dioxide is liberated 'C' in CO comes from 2

reaction must be: (a) 360 KJ mol:' (b) -180 KJ mol" (c) -90 KJ mol:' (d) -360 KJ mol:' 193. Equal weights of hydrogen and methane are mixed in an empty container. The faction of the total pressure exerted by methane is' . (a) ~ (b) ~ (c) ~ (d) ~ 9. 8. ~ 9 194. In electrolytic refmmg of silver, the anode is

1.

o
Oiamon

(a) Bed

(b) beca (c) brow

(a)-COOH (b)-CH (c)-CH (d)HCOr.iade of: 187.Which of the followi~g is the s~ongest b~se: (a) carbo~ (b) .iron coa~ed with silver (a) Aniline (b) O-Methoxyanline (c) ~ure silver (d) Impure silver (c) O-Nitroaniline (d) Aniline 195.In dlborane.' each B atom uses: 188.Which of the following will not respond to (a) sp hybn?s. (b) Sp2hybrids carbylamine reaction? (c) sp' hybnds (d) Sp4hybrids (a) Ethylamine (b) Diethylamine .196.The structure ofCIF) will be: (c) Benzylamine (d) Aniline (a) Square pyramidal (b) Tetrahedral 189.Benzene diazonium chloride on reaction with phenol (c) Trigonal (d) Trigonal bipyramidal 2 in weakly basic medium gives: 19757La ahas the electronic configuration [Xej.Sd' 6s . (a) benzene (b) chlorobenzene The electronic configuration of 5SCe may be: 4 2 2 (c) diphenyl ether (d) p-hydroxyazobenzene (a) [Xe] 5d 6s . (b) [Xe] 5d 2 2 190.Which one of the following can exhibit E and Z(c) [Xe] Sd' 516s (d) [Xe] 4f25do6s isomerism? 198.Arrangethe followingin orderof increasingboilingpoints: (a) H-C=-H (b)CI2C=CHBrc) CIHC=CBrCl ( (d)DHC=C~ (a) Isopropyl chloride, l-chloropropane, l-chlorobutane 191.Which one fo the following electron transitions (b) I-chloropropane,isopyl chloride, I-chlorobutane between energy levels in the H -atom produces . (c) I-chlorobutane, isopropyl chloride, l-chloropropane the line of shortest wavelength in hydrogen(d) l-chlorobutane,l-chloropropane, isopropyl chloride, spectrum? 199.The molecular formula C2H4CI2 permits two: (a) n2~ n (b) n) ~ n (c)n4 ~ n (d) n ~ n (a) cis-trans isomers (b) functional isomers l l 4 l 192.Considerthe thermochemical equation :) (c) optical isomers (d) position isomers 1 I 200. The NH, ~volved from 0.5 g of anorganic -XP(s) ~ X (s) + _ 02(g) 2 4 ilH= 90 kJ/mol compound' Kjeldahl' s estimation of nitrogen neutralized 10 ml of I M H2S04, The amount of

2.

~~l~t
electro
electroni

(a) 4
ll6

3.

4. 5.

When 88 newele followin (a) Zero Which () covalent i (a) CHq

An unsym
with hyd (a) a kct (b) two d

(c) two dl 6.
(d) ahyd Compare with a sm

(a) oftheir
(b) ofthcir (c) acetyl,

If I moI2(g) completely reacts with a sample of nitrogen in the compound is: metal X to form X 0, the value of ilH for the (a) 2% (b) 4% (c) 28% (d) 56% 2 ANSWERS 2005-2006 1(d) 1J(a) 25(d) J7(c) 49(a) 61(a) 73(d) 8~(c) . 97(a) 109(b) l21(b) 1JJ(a) l45(d) I57(b) I69(b) Ig I(d) 19J(d) 2(b) 14(c) 26(c) 38(d) 50(a) 62(d) 74(a) 86(c) 98(b) llO(b) I22(a) 134(0) 146(b) I58(a) 170(b) I82(d) I94(d) 3(d) 15(c) 27(c) 39(a) SI(b) 63(d) 75(d) 87(b) 99(b) 111(c) 12J(c) IJ5(d) I47(c) I59(c) 171(a) ISJ(d) 195(c) 4(d) 16(d) 28(d) 40(a) 52(a) 64(b) 76(c) 88(a) 100(c) 112(a) I24(a) 136(d) I48(c) 160(d) I72(d) I84(d) I96(d) 5(d) 17(d) 29(c) 41(b) 53(c) 65(c) 77(c) 89(b) 10I(a) I 13(d) 12S(d) I37(a) I49(d) 161(c) I73(a) I85(a) I97(c) 6(c) 18(a) 30(0) 42(d) 54(a) 66(c) 78(d) 90(a) 102(b) 114(c) I26(d) IJ8(b) 150(b) I62(b) I74(a) I86(a) I98(b) 7(d) 19(c) 31(d) 43(a) 55(d) 67(d) 79(d) 91(c) IOJ(d) 115(d) I27(b) I39(b) 151(a) I63(\:) I75(b) 1870 199(d) 8(b) 20(b) 32(0) 44(a) 56(a) 68(0) 80(c) 92(b) 104(c) 116(b) I28(c) 140(c) I52(d) I64(a) I76(b) I88(b) 200(0) 9(d) lO(c) 21(a) 22(b) 33(0) 34(0) 45(b) 46(c) 57(0) 58(b) 69(d) 70(b) 8I(a) 82(a) 93(c) 94(a) !05(c) 106(b) 117(0) 118(0) 129(a) IJO(c) 141(b) 142(d) 153(d) 154(d) 165(d) 166(b) 177(d) 178(d) 189(d) 190(c) II(d) 23(a) 35(0) 47(a) 59(a) 71(d) 83(d) 95(b) 107(d) 119(a) 131(d) 14J(a) 155(c) 167(d) 179(c) 191(c) I2(d) 24(d) 36(b) 48(d) 60(d) 72(d) 84(d) 96(c) 108(a) 120(a) 132(c) 144(b) 156(c) 168(a) 180(c) 192(a)

7.

(d) Carbonl The Strongei (a) C6H~-~ (c) CHJO

The ion

8.

spld2 hyb' therefore t

(a) octahed (c) square

9.

When a hal

is immerser (a) it shrin' (b) it growl (c) its size (d) it initially 10. Which ofth ~a~id~SI:lIg ~~

11. Oxidation num

(a) +2 (b

~he authors & publishers are not be responsible forany incorrectanswers that mighthave occured due to computer composin~

re fthe 1.

, MBBS Admission Test (AMU) Physics, Chemistry, Biology Set 2006-2007

Diamond is harder than graphite: (a) Because graphite has a planar structure (b) becausecarbon in graphite issp hybridised (c) becausecarbon in graphite isSp2 hybridised (d) becausecarbon in diamondissp' hybridised An atom of Cr. rZ=24] loses 2 electrons. How many unpaired electrons shall be there in CrH : (a) 4 (b) 3 (c) 2 (d) 1
226

is
:r

2.

12. Steam distillation is based on the following law: (a) Boyle's law (b) Dalton's law of partial pressure (c) Charle's law (d) Graham's law of diffusion 13. The pKw of a netural solution is 13.36. The pH of the solution shall be : (a) 0.64 (b) 6.68 (c) 7.64 (d) 6.36 Which of the following can behave as a Lewis base : (a) Carbonium ion (b) Carbanion (c) Carbon residual (d) H+ An aqueous solution of FeCIJ is : (a) basic (b) acidic (c) neutral (d) amphoteric The enzyme responsible for the fermentation of glucose to ethanol is: (a) zymase (c) galactose When ethanol (b) Maltase (d) urease is treated with 12 and

amidal
Sdl6s2,

be:

gpoints:

obutane iutane xopane hloride,

0:

omers ners !rganic itrogen lount of

2(d)

~4(d)
6(b)

8(d)
60(d) 2(d)

84(d)
6(c) 8(a) 20(a) 32(c)

44(b)
56(c) 68(a) 80(c) 92(a)
omposin

When ssRa emits an a-particle, the new element formed shall belong to the 14. following group in the periodic table: (a) Zero (b) II (c) III (d) IV 4. Which of the following contains both covalent and dative bonds: (a) CHClJ (b) Caf', (c) HjBFJ'(d)CHPH 15. 5, An unsymmetrical ketone on treatment with hydroxylamine can generate: (a) a kctoxime, (b) two different ketoximes 16. (c) two different hydrozones (d) a hydrazone 6. Compared to ethane, acetylene burns with a smoky flame because: (a) oftheirdifferenceinmolecularmass 17. (b) oftheir differencein percentagesofcarbon (c) acetylene has a triple bond (d) Carbons in ethane are sp' hybridised 7. TheStrongestbaseamongthefollowingis: (a) C6H~-O(b) OH(c) CHJO(d) CHJ-CH2-O- , 18. The ion rCo(NHJ)JJ+ is formed by 8. spJdZ hybridisation. The ion has. therefore the following shape : (a) octahedral (b) tetrahedral (c) square planar (d) tetragonal 9. When a hard boiled egg after shelling 19. is immersed in saturated brine: (a) it shrinks (b) it growns in size (c) its size remains unchanged (d) it initiallygrows in sizeand then shrinks 10. Which of the following can act as both oxidising and reducing agents: (a) cr, (b) H202 (c) Cu2S (d) HI t 1. Oxidation numbcrofoxygen in H20z is: 20. (a) +2 (b) -2 (c) -1 (d) + 1 [MBBS-145J

3.

I~

NaOH, the yellow powder obtained is: (a) Chloroform (b) nitroglycerine (c) iodoform (d) picric acid Tanning of leather means: (a) chemical colouring of leather (b) hardeningofleatherbymechanicalmeans (c) polishing of leather (d) hardening ofleather by coagulation In which of the following process auto catalysis involved?

is

(a) oxidation of FeSO~ with acidified KMnO~ (b) combustion of CO to CO2 (c) Oxidation of FeCIJ to the Fe (OH)J (d) conversion of alkanes to alkenes The number of'particlcs in a FCC cellis: (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 4

21. A hydrocarbon decolourised dil s-, water and gave a red precipitate with amrnonical Cu.Cl.. The gas can be : (a) CH~ (b) CHz=CIIz (c) CHJ-CHz-C=C-H (D) CIlJ-C=C-CHJ 22. The trace metal in insulin is : (a) Fe (b) Co. (c) Mn (d) Zn 23. The functional group usually found in wax is: (a) alcohol (b) ketone (c) Acid (d) ester 24. At the critical 'micelle concentration the surface molecules : (a) Decompose (b) Dissociate (c) Associate (d) becomecompletely soluble 25. In the photochemical halogenation 0.1' methane all the bond cleavages : (a) are homolytic (b) are heterolytic (c) generate carbonium ions (d) generate carbanions 26. A detergent has the following group attacthed to the terminal of a long carbon chain: ' (a) COOH (b)COONa (c)SOJNa (d) ONa 27. Compared to. alkanols phenols are said to be acidic, because of : (a) inductive effect (b) electromeric effect (c) mesomeric effect(d) resonance effect 28. A litre 0.1' air co.ntaining 1 % Ar is repeatedly passed over hot Cu andhot Mg till no. reduction o.f volume takes place. The final volume shall be : (a) 0 ml (b) 230 ml (c) 770 ml (d) 10 ml 29. Desilverisation 0.1' lead is carried out by the following process : ' (a) cupellation (b) cynamide (c) amalgamation (d) Parke's 30. Water containing which 0.1'the following salts can be classified as hard: (a) allCOJ (b) NaZCOJ (c) NaJPO~ (d) BaCtz 31. Among the bonds formed by carbon the shortest is the following : (a) sp - sp' (b) sp' - sp' (c) spJ - 'sp ' (d) sp - sp

In the reaction between CO and Cl, at lOoC the consumption of CO takes place at the rate of 5 g/hr. If the temperature is raised to. 30 the conversion shall be of the order 0.1' : (a) 5 . (b) 10 (c) 15 (d)20 33. The difficulty in the substitution of CI is vinyl chlor-ide (CHz=CH-CI) in attributed to. : (a) inductiveeffect(b) electromericeffect (c) dipole moment(d) resonance effect 34. Which 0.1' the fnllowing can undergo. nucleophilic addition : (a)

32.

39. Thalliu

. agents, ~ (a) it is . (b) it sh (c) it is a (d) it has 40. Which of nucJeophi

(a) CN

0
\

(b) CH3-CH=CH-CHJ (c) CH -CH=CH-C=O

.3.

35.

H (d) CH=CH 75% of a first order- r-eactlon was completed in 32 mts. When was 50% of the reaction completed :

(a) 24 mts. . (b) 16 mts. (c) 8 rnts, (d) 4 mts. 36. The equivalent conductance o.fa dilute solution of acetic acid is 14.8 ern? ohm 'eq' and the equivalent conductance at infinite dilution is 390.6cmz. ohm " eq-I. The degree of dissociation of the acid is : (a) 3.6% (b)3.66% (c) 3.72% (d)3.78% 37. A spontaneous reaction is impossible when: (a) hoth ilH and ilS are negative (b) both ilH and ilS are positive (c) ilH is negative and ilS is positive (d) ilH is positive and ilS is negative 38. Schottky defectin crystals is observed when: (a) an ion occupies interstitial state instead of a noval site (b) unequal number of cations and anions are missing from the lattice (c) density of the crystal is increased (d) equal number of cat io ns and anions are miSSing from the lattice

(c) CIIJ 41. When bou (a) bont) bond (b) bond e length (c) bond I enthap (d) bond cthalpi 4l. An ether is (a) Lewis I (9) Lewis 43. Sodiummeta (a) aqueoul (c) Molten 44. Identify thE
(a) sand P (b) sp and
(c)

p and sl (d) All sp' ( 45. In which 01 would you benzene:

(a)

0 +C

(b)

0+

(c)

O+n 0 + C,.

(d)

(MBBS-146]

CO and C. 2 of CO takes g/hr. If the to 300 the order of ; 5 (d) 20 itution of C. :CH-CI) in

39. Thallium shows different oxidising "agents, because : (a) it is a transitional element (b) it shows inert pair effect (c) ,it is amphoteric (d) it has high reactivety ~O. Which of the following is an ambident nucleophite (a) C

46. In the periodic

table as formulated by Mendeleev, the following constitute a pair" of anamolus pa~r of elements: (b) Br and Ne (d) Na and B

(a) H and He (c) K and Ar

eric effect
eeffect an undergo

(c) CIJJ

CHz

(d) ~~--{)H

ction was was 50%

ts. ts. ofa dilute cm20hm"" nductance m2.ohm-J ion of the

(d)3.78%
mpossible ative itive positive negative

~1. When bound order increases: (a) bond enthalpy decreaeses and bond length decreases (b) bond ethalpy increases and bond length decreases (c) bond length increases and bond enthaply increases (d) bond length increases and bond ethalpy decreases 4l. An ether is : (a) Lewis acid (b) Bronsted acid (9) Lewis base (d) Amheniusacid 43. Sodium metal is extracted by electrolysis of: (a) aqueous NaCI (b) solid NaCI (c) Molten aCI (d) aqueous NaOH 44. Identify the correct statement: (a) sand p orbitals are degeneraete (b) sp and Sp2 orbitals are degenerate (c) p and sp ' orbitals are degenerate (d) All sp! orbitals are degenerate 45. In which of the following reactions would you expect a polysubstitute benzene: (a)

A gas can only be liquefied only: (a) When the temperatureofthe"gasis greater than the critical temperatute (b) When the pressure of the gas is less than the critical pressue (c) When the temperature is less than the critical temperature and the pressure greater than the critical pressure (d) When the temperature is less than the critical temperature and the pressure is less than that Of the critical pressure 48. The bond angle of 1070 in ammonia is attributed to : (a) the lone pair of electrons on nitrogen (b) the Sp2 hybridisation of nitrogen (c) the sp' hydridisation of nitrogen (d) to the dipole moment of the molecule COOH A-C=O

47.

,
"

:; "

49.

[AI A and Bare: (a) position isomers

6
[B]

J~ 011

(b) functional isomers (d) stereoisomers

(c) tautomers

50.

0 + CH
.

C - CI --~

AICIJ

Which of the following is isoectronic to C (a) 0/ (b) Si (c) CO (d) F2is :

51. The SI unit of entropy

(a) Joules

o
AICIJ )
2 S

II

I kelvin

(b) Newton-meter (d) Joules I calories

when:
al state sand e lattice ncreased ns and e lattice

(b)

0+

C H - C - CI

(c) Calories/second

II

o
(c)

52. The dimensional

0+
v

AICIJ CHj CI ) AICIJ IIj

-

fomuls for Planck's constant" and gravitational constant G respectiveJy is :

(a) MLJ T-2 ; M-JUT-J (b) MU T-J : M-J )

(d)

0 + C/,

U T-2

C - CI

(c) MLJ

T-2; M-J U T2

o
UVIBBS-1471

"

(d) ML T-J ; M-J U '}'-J

53.

Four points a, h, c and tI are set at equal distance from the centre of the dipole as shown in the figure. The electrostaticpotential VII, Vh, V,. and V'I would satisfy the following relation:
qU

5.t.

(a) V.,>V">V;>V,, (b) V.,>V,,=V,,> Vc (c) V, = V? Vh = Vii (d) V"=V,, > V" > Vc Figure shows five charged lumps of plstic and an electrically neutral coin. The crosssection of the Gallssion surface S is indicated 'II = 6,2511C, lf~ = -9.55 nC, lfJ = 6.95nC, {/~= -1.55 nC and 'Is = 2.35 nC. The net electric flux 4> through the surface 12 is: (r; = S.SS x 10- C2 / N -m2) (a) +17711\-mX (b)-885N-m2/C (c) + 5()(I \-/lI1/C (d) -1000 N-m2/C ;\ plano convex lens of focal length 6.0 is co ns t r u c t e d from a material of rcf'ractivc index 11 =1.5 with respect to air. The radius of curvature of the curved surface is : (a) 6.()cm (h) 3.()cm (c) 9.0cm (d) 4.5cm '
\I

+
b
-q

55.

hr. A boatman, can row the boat at a speed Of 4 km/hr in still water, goes a distance of2 km upstream and then comes back. The time taken by his to complete him journey is : (a) 60 minutes (b) 70 minutes (c) 80 minutes (d) 90 minutes 59. The ratio of the radii of mars to that of earth around sun is 1.524. The ,approximate time taken by mars to complete one revolution around sun is: (a) 1.5 years (b) 1.9 years (c) 3.2 years (d) 1.1 years 60. The displacement of a particle undergoing SHM of time period T is given by x(t) = x cos (wt + 4. The particle is at ~-x"' at timet= O. Is the particle at x = + X m when (a) t = 0.25 T ", (b) t=0.50 T (c) t=0.75 T (d) 1.00 T 61. A circular disc rotating with frequency -", = 1.3 rev/sec. comes to a stop in 30 seconds. The approximate angular acceleration is : (a) + 0.27 rad/sec' (b) -0.27 rad/sec' (c) +0.54 rad/sec' (d) -0.54 rad/sec' . 62. A buUet of mass m is fired from a gun of mass M. The recoiling gun compresses a spring of force constant k by a distance d. Then the velocity of the bullet is: tI . r.-(a) ktl -VM/m (b) M vkrn tI

66.

How man U2J6 exp finally int (a) 12.6 An electr particle ha corresponcl would have (a) A > A r~ )1 (c) A > Ie
a r

67.

A2e12 nucld alpha parti(J required to alpha parti ' (a) 3.405 M

(c) 8.133 M In a nuclea decuteron an The other lib (a) proton (b)e 69. When a syste to a state / II shown in the W = 20 cal an ; h f Q= 36 c: path; h f'! (ii) return path/;, (iii) Take K . 68.
"".1

56.

A uniform solid sphere R produces a uniform gravitational acceleration iI ~on its surface. At . what two distances from thc centre ofthc sphere is the gravitational acceleration iI/3: (a) 3RandRd.f (c) (b)..JfRandR/3
-)

63.

(c) -vkM . (~1-' Vd m m A satellite of mass m revolves in a circular orbit of radius R around a planet of mass M. Its tatal energy E is : (a) -

trz:

kM-

.hi
i '"Vulll

Elj
(a) +6.-43,+40 (c) +13,+30,-2~ The fiture shOll from the corner tank filled with observer O. Th the liquid with I

mGMm

GMm

(b)

+ +

GMm
3R

..jJ I{ and 'V-:.J3

--) ) --)

GMm
R 70.

~
--)

(d) 3RandR/3 64.

(c) - ~

(d)

57,

A force F = 2 ; - 3 k acts on a particle

at r = 11.5j - 2 k. The torque t acting (In the particle relative to a point with co-nrdinatcs (2.11 m, 0, - 3.0m) is: '
,.~

(a) (-3.11; - .t.5 j - k ) N-m

-~
-)

~
N-m

Assume that a tunnel is dug through earth from North pole to South pole and that the earth is a non-roaring, uniform sphere of density p. The gravitational formce on a particle of mass m dropped into the tunnel when it reaches a distance r from the centre of earth is : (a) (

o~

(h) (3;

+6j

+k)

(c) (-2.11; (d) (-1.5 5S.

~
-)

+ .t.Oj + k) N - m
~ ~

!7t'GP)r

(b)

(347tnlGP)r
(a) 1

rJ
_In

; - Ul j - k ) N -m

(d) ( 347tniGP)r

T3

(b) 2

A river 2km wide is flowing at the rate of2 km/ IMBBS-J481

tata speed Of4 ltance of 2 km [fhe timetaken is: minutes I minutes us to that of 1.524. The by mars to ound sun is: ears ears a particle period T is t + $). The et= O. Is the 0.50 T ~O T h frequency stop in 30 .te angular 27 rad/sec' rad/sec' . gunofmassM. spring offorce thevelocity of

65. How many alpha- land p--decays does U2J6 experiences before turning finally into stable Pb206 isotope? (a) 12.6 (b) 10.4 (c) 8.6 (d) 8.8 66. An electron, proton and an alpha particle have same kin~tic energy. The corresponding de-Broglie wavelength would have the following relationship: (a) Ar, > Apap A > (b) A >A ra >A (c) A > A > A (d) Aa >A r >A r a r I' 67. A2CI2 nucleus is to he divided into 3 alpha particles. The amount of energy required to achieve this (mass of an alpha particle = 4.00388 u) is : (a) 3.405 MeV (b) 10.837 Mev (c) 8.133 Mev (d) 12.573 Mev 68. In a nuclear reaction between a decuteron and 6C12. 7NIJ is produced. The other liberated particle is a : . (a) proton (b) electron (c) neutron (d)position 69. When a system is taken from a state i to a state f along the path i a f (as shown in the figure), Q = 50 cal and W = 20 cal and W = 20 cat. Along path i h f Q= 36 cat. (i) What is W along path i h f '! (ii) If W = - 13 cal. for the return pathfi, what is Q for this path? (iii) Take Einl.i = lOcal, What is Einl} ?

71. The figure shows a rectangular loop of wire paced in a non-uniform varying magnetic field B = 4rr, perpendicular to the loop and directed into the page. B is in tesla, I is time in seconds and x is in meters. The loop has width w = 3.0 meters and height 5.0 m The magnitude of the induced emf at t = 0.2 seconds is
y B

'i' ~ .,
x....

olves in a undaplanet E is: m

ug through South pole on-roahng, ity p. The particle of unnel when the centre ltmGP)r
It,

nrGP ) r

(a) 14 V (b) 36 V (c) 72 V (d) 24 V 72. A coil has inductance of 50 mH and resistance=0.5Q. If this coil is connected to a 15 V battery, the energy stored in the coil after the current has built upto its maximum value is : (a) 50.0J (b)22.5J (c) 35.5J (d) 20.5J 73. The number of ('harge carrier concentration is silicon at 300 k is 1.56 x 1016/mJ. If the electron and hole mobilities are respectively 0.135 and 0.065 (SI units) the resistivety of the material is (in SI units) approximately: (a) 2500 (b) 2000 (c) 3600 (d) 1350 74. A proton oflinear momentum 2.40 x 10-19SI ( units)movesintoa magneticfieldB = 1.5webers/ .b~1 m' perpendicular to itsdirectionof motion.The radiusofthecircularpath followed theportonis by (a) 1.0 meters (b) 2.4 meters (c) 1.9 meters (d) 1.5 meters. Vulume 75. Magnetic field changes from + 2.0 to (a) +6.-43.+40 (b) +20,+40,-20 - 2.0 (SI units) through a circular coil (c) +13,+30.-20 (d) + 15,-50,+30 of wire having 100 turns. The cross 70. The fiture shows a light raystarting sectional area of the coil is 0.001 from the comer E of the bottom of a meter- and its total resistance is 100 tank filled with a liquid reaching an ohms. The total charge moved observer O. The refractive index of the liquid with respect to air is : through the coil is : (a) 2 x 10-2 C (b) 12xlO-2 c .' (c ) 4 X 10-2 C (d) 6 x 10-2 C 76. Two chargesof .uagnitude q and Q-q placed at a distance d from each other. --lm __ E The force between them would be maximum if: I (b) 2 (c) -.J3 (d) ~ (a) q = QJ3 (a) (b) q = -Q/2d "V 3 (c) q = 2Q (d)q=Q/2 IMBBS-149J

I&J

iL-lb

"grm

TI

The approximate number of electmns "'()win~ in a n ire carr)'ing 5 amp current in -l minutes is : I) 1.6 x W"} (b) 5.0 x 10'9 (c) 6.03 X W"} (d) 7.5 x 10'9 7N. The emfs and resistances in the circuit (as sbown in the fi~ur. :J h Jibe

77.

84. The number

protons is :
'.J ;~ ~ t

of protons faWing on earth's surface per unit area per unit time is 1500. If the radius of the earth is 6.4xl06 meters, the current coming to earth due to these cosmic ray

91. And, travel cathod

length electric
dircctio
p/'( ('II

= 4.-1 Y, r, = 2.3 0,
E,

cf' n rn:..

= 2.1 V I': = 1.80, R =

E:

hu.

(b.J

(c) O.6.J2 ami)

(d) 6A amp

is 1(1'

10
r,
i

l
r! It

U
79. Nil.

E,

:'

5.9 0

85 .. A cooper wire of length I and radiu r is to be used as fuse. If the fuse wire attains, then the heat lost H per unit surface area per second is : 1 (a) H a. (b) H a. r2

.-J

(c) H a. i

(d)H

a..-J

SI.

S2.

S3.

The current i in the circuit is : (a) 200 m A (b) ISO mA (c) 2311 mA (d) -1110mA A falling oil dr-op of radius R=I.Ox1~ mete I', dc n s ity p = 900 kg/mJ in Millikan's oil drop experiment is halanced bv an electric field of str'ength 0.98 x 10~ N/C. The number of excess electrons in the oil drop is approximately equal to : (a) 2 (b)S (c)IO (d)8 Flectr'ic field inside a copper wire of kngth 10 meters resistance 2 ohms. connected to a 10 void battery is (in SI units) : (a) I (b) 0.5 (c) 10 (d) 5 A point l'harJ.!e + Q is at a distance d/2 dircctlv a huvc the centre of a square of side d. :nll' magnitude of the electrostatic Ilu x throllJ.!h the square is: (a) Q {F/6r: " (0) Q d/6r: " (c) Q /6r: " (d) 6 Q/r: " Total ellcrJ.!~' stored in a t)OOJlF capacitor' at 1110volts is transferred to a 100 JlF Capacitor. the potential drop across till' new capacitor is (in volts) : (a) 900 (0) 200 (c) 100 (d) 300 A wi r e placed on the x-axis has a c u r r e n t I = -lA in the positive directions of .v-axis. A non uniform ~ ~ magnctlc field B= 3x i+ 2x) (SI units) act on I/H,' wire. The net force F on the section of wire from x = 0 to x = 2.0 meters is : (a) 2~ \ along ,i"a\i~ (c) 211,\ alollgx-axis

86. Time required

87.

88.

to boil 2 liters of water initiality at 20uC by a heater coil which works at 80% efficiency spending 500 Joules is : (a) 82 minutes (b) 50 minutes (c) 28 minutes (d) 37 minutes A 50 kg man laying on a surface of negligible friction pushes a 500 g stone away from him,.giving it a speed of 10 m/s. The velocity acquired by the man is : (a) 1.0 rn/s (b) 5.0 m/s (c) 0.1 rn/s (d) 0.01 m/s Two charges of magnitude +'1 and 3q are placed 100 ern apart. The distance from +'1 between the charges where the elecrrostic potential is zero is : (d) 80 em

tile elect/ of the c1ec (a) 8.00 c (c) 0.080 92. A ball of centre ofa that has a charge on surface of (a) +50e, (c) - 50e, 93. The elcctr substance ' mass of th current I for (US se (a) I A 94. A ideal isuthcrrna volume ch pressure fr on the gas I

(a) W = +

(b) W=-II

(a) 25 ern (b) 50 ern (c)75cm 89.

(c)W=1I1

of a liquid each having a charge +'1 are combined to from a larger drop. The new electrostatic potential Vu is related to the potential V on each small drop by the cuqtion: (a) Vu (c)

N small

drops

(d) W 95.

=-11

= Vu =

VNJ VNJI2

(b) Vu=VN2/J (d) VII

VN 96.

90.

Assuming on excess electron per unit area on earth's surface, the electrostatic potential on earth's surface is (Radius of earth = 6.4 x JOb meters) : (a) 1.600 (c) -O.1J5 (0)

(h) 16 \ along z-axis

(d)
J()

x along z-axis
/MBBS-ISO/

2.640 +0.640

(d)

The total po water cont, approximat (a) 1.0 x 10 (b) 6.03 x I (c) 1.80 x I (d) 1.20 x 1 A 500 watt bu perfectly black approximate fo the sphere as it by the bulb is ( (a) 1.3 m (c) 6.3xlO 7

tons failling on nit area per unit dius of the earth e current coming ese cosmic ray b)0.123 amp d) 6.4 amp th I and radius r . If the fuse wire t lost H per unit nd is : b) H a

d) H a r'

2 liters of water heater coil which cy spending 500

b) 50 minutes d)37 minutes on a surface of pushes a 500 g givingit a speed ity acquired by

b) 5.0 m/s )0.01 m/s itude +q and 3q rt. The distance charges where ial is zero is : )75cm(d) 80 cm uid each having ined to from a w electrostatic to the potential by the euqtion: )V =VN2/J
II

91. An e lec t r o n beam with electrons travelling at v = 109 ern/see in a cathode ray tube enters an area of length 4 ern along the beam with an electric field perpendicular to its direction of motion. The acceleration of the electrons along the electric field is 1017 em/see'. The displacement of the electron beam along the direction of the electric field is : (a) 8.00 cm(b)0.80 cm (c) 0.080 cm (d) 0.008 cm 92. A ball of charge + 50 e lies at the centre of a hollow spherical metal shell that has a net charge of -150 e. The charge on the inner surface and outer su .ace of the spherical shell is: (a) +SOe, -200e (b)-50e, '-lOOe (c) - SOe, -150e (d) -50e, -lOOe equivalent of a 93. The electro-chemical substance is numerically equal to the mass of the substance deposited if a current 1 flows through the electrolyte for 0.25 seconds. The value of I is : (a) ] A (b) 2A (c) JA (d) 4A gas is subjected to an 94, A ideal isothermal expansion such that its _volume changes from Vi to VI ans pressure Irorn Pi to PI' The work done on the gas is :
(a) W =

97.

An electron of mass m and charge -e is rotating around- a proton os charge +e with a radius R, If T is the time period of rotation, then : (a) T aR2 (b) P aRJ
(c) P aR 2 (d) TaR
<I>

98.

is the angle of the incline when a block of mas~ m just starts slipping down. The distance cover-ed by the block if thrown up the incline with an initial speed is :
VII

(a) (c)

VI~

I 4g Sin ~

(b) 4v/ g Sin (d) 4JoSin <l>/g

<I>

,..f,

v(~

Sin

<I>

-99. The figure shows three parriclcs (big cireles) of same mass and same constant speed moving as indicated by the vectors. Point (I, b, c, d from a square with e at the centre. Rank the point according to the magnitude of the net angular momentum of the three particle system, greatest first:
a

!~
l

11

RT 10~.L
I

(b) W (c) W
(d) W

= - 11

V RT log L

v_

(a) LA = Lu > L(" > L" > Le > 0 (b) LA > Ln > t., = Le> L" > 0 (c) LA > = Lc> Le> L" > 0

r.,

= 11

P RT 10g:1

r
I

= - 11

) VII

= VN

lectron per unit surface, the ial on earth's arth = 6.4 x 106 2.640 +().640

P 95. _The total positive charge in a glass of water containing -180gm of water is approximately: (a) 1.0 x UP coulomb (b) 6.03 x 107 coulomb (c) 1.80 x 107 coulomb (d) 1.20 x 107 coulomb 96, A 500 watt bulb is placed at the centre of a perfectlyblack sphere of radius R = I meter.The approximate force experienced by the walls of the sphere as it absorbs as the photons emitted by the bulb is (take 47t = 12.6) : (a) Rhizophora (a) 1.3 xI0--7N (b)2.5xl0-7N (c) Rosc (c) 6.3xl0-7N (d)3.14xl0-7 N [MBB~;-1511

RT log -'.!.

(d) Lc> L" > L" = L" > 0 100. An object undergoing SHM takes 0.5s to travel from one point of zero velocity to the next such point. The distance between those points is SO ern. Thc period, frcq ueney and amplitude of the motion is : (a) Is, I Hz,25cm '(b) 2s, 1 Hz,50cm - (c) Is,2Hz,25cm (d)2s21Iz,50cm 101. The cells of the aleurone layer arc : (a) haploid (b) diploid ~riploid (d) jetraploid 102. A dicot plant that lacks the cotvledons in its seed's -is----: ' ~uscuta (d) Sunflower

~4.

V
~

115. Pollination by bat is called: (a) Ormithophily (b) Entomophily (c) Malcophily (d) Chiroptcriphily 116. The main edible part in apple is : (a) Thalamus (b) Endocarp (c) Mesocarp (d) Epicarp 117. The world's tallest flowering tree : (a) Sequoia (b) Pinus (c) Cedrus (d) Eucalyptus 118. Primary cell wall consists of a loose net work of cellulose microfibrils impregnaged with a matrix of: (a) Glycoprotein and flavoprotien (b) Hemicellulose and flavoprotein (c) Hemicellulose and pection , (d) Flavouprotein and pectin 119. Lenghemoglobin present in the root nodules of symbiotic biological nitrogen fixing plants is used as : (a) Cofactor of nitrogenase (b) Oxygen scavenger (c) Nitrogen reducing agent (d) Energy supplier 120. Insectivorus plants can grow well in a soil which is deficient in : (a) Nitrates (b) Iron (c) Magnesium (d) Sulphur 121. Golgi bodies help in : (a) cell wall formation (b) transport of enzymes (c) stroge, condensation and packing of materials ~ (d) all of'Yhe above 122. In germi.ltating seeds of cereals like barkely the hormone which stimulates the formation of a-amylase, responsible for Saccharomyces cerevisiae the hydrolysis of streach is : (b) Sclerospora graminicola (a) Cytokinin (b) Gibberellin (c) Sclerotina fuiticola (c) Abscisic acid (d) Ethylene (d) Collectrotrich um falcatum 123. The region of the spectrum least ) 12. The wood of Pinus is absorbed by the chlorophyll ranges (a) Pycnoxylic (b) Polyxylic between: (c) ~noxylic (a) 300-400 nm (b) 400- 500 nm J!lYl>ycnoxylic and monoxylic (c) 500-600 nm (d) 600-700 nm 113. Mangroves, the plants growing in soil 124. How many mitotic divisions must occur in a with low oxygen contents are cell of root tip to from 128 cells: characterised by (a) 128 (b) 127 (c) 64 (d) 32 (a) Tap roots (b) Pneumatophores 125. The enzyme involved in both (c) Stilt roots (d) Haustorial roots glycolysis and Pentose Phosphate 114. The deciduous forests of oak: Pathway is: (a) almost cease vegetative growth (a) Enolase (b) Epimerase before winter (c) Hexokinase (d) Pyruvicacidkioase (b) almost cease vegetative growth 126. The restriction enzyme ECO RJ has during winter the proerty of : (c) almost cease vegetative growth (a) endonuclease activity before summer (b) exonuclease activity (d) almost cease vegetative growth during (c) legation activity summer (d) correcting the topology of replicating DNA [ME:BS-1521

is used as biofertiliser mostly for the cultivation of: / ~ (a) Barley (b) Wheat (~ljce (d) Maize Epidermis is produ~~ \~ (a) ., 1 I Z~lIogen (c) Procarnbium (d) Noneofthese 105. Fruit ripening can be accelarated by (a) reducing the supply of water whcn fruits arc maturing. (b) increasing su~~I~ of .oxygen (c j ~ng up the sLUToundiOgsartificially ~upplying ethylene gas to the fruits. 106. The association of an organism with another organism where both the organism are neither benifited nor harrped is called : Uar'Commensatism (b) Symbiosis (c) Parasitism (d) Predation 107. The following is not a true subcellular orga..nalle (a+-Isysosome ~ Peroxisome (c) Ribosome (d) Chloroplast 108. 'Petiole-crack' is cause~b deficiency of: (a) Potassium (Boron (c) Molybdenum ) Iron 109. When pollen from the flower are deposited on the stigma of another flower-such type of pollination is known~~ (a) Autogamy \kif) Geitonogamy (c) Herkogamy (d) Homogamy 110. A phosphodiester linkage is present in : (a) ATP (b)ADP. (c) Cyclic AMP ,Jd) Noneoftheabove. Ill. Fun s which is widely used in bre mg industry is :

103.Azo/la

127. Transe place i (a) u (c) Ril 128.DNAlig (a) spli (b) joi (c) den (d) sy~ 129. Allele I (a) alte (b) tota (c) tota a h~ (d) tota a ch 130. Most abu (a) Leghl

(c) Rub
131. Yeasts an valuable (a) Vital (b) Ferti (d) one 132. Formatie is an exa: (a) Oxidl (b) Cycli (c) on-e (d) Subst 133. The self (a) Coeni (c) Apoz 134. Substance p, have inhihit arc termed (a) Antibi (c) Xenob 135. LargcrDNA pairs are cion (a) A. phas (c) Epison 136. The essenfiah in foods den (a) Phenyls (c) Arginin 137. Two groups 0 working out th leaders of the (a) e. Vent (b) S..I. Nic (c) F.e. Cri (d) K. Beadl

phily iphily is : irp p :ree : s a loose ifibr ils tien 'otein

1

he root logical as :

veil in a
rr

packing ials like dates the sible for in me m least ranges

100 nm )0 nm

iccur in a
(d) 32

both osphate
n

erase idkinase RJ has

lingDNA

127. Transcription in case cucaryotes takes 138. About 70 percent ofthe acid in acid rain is: place in : (a) Hydrochloricacid (b) itric acid (a) Nucleus (b) Cytoplasm (c) Sulphuric acid (d) Chromic acid (c) Ribosome (d) Nucleolus 139. If a river is receiving a regular supply 128. D A ligaseis an enzymethat catalysesthe: of sewage rich in organic matter at a (a) splitingofDNA threads into small bits certain point the BOD of the area will: (b) joining of the fragments of DNA (a) remain unchanged (c) denaturation of DNA (b) slightly decrease (c) enormously increase (d) synthesis of DNA (d) enormously decrease 129. Allele is the 140. Which of the following was absent from the (a) alternate traits of a gene pair atmosphere of primitive earth: (b) total number of genes for a trait (a) CH4 (b) NH3 (c) total number of chromosomes of (c) H20 (d) None of the above a haploid set 141. The technique widely used for the (d) total number of genes present on removal of salts from salt water: a chromosome (a) .Osmosis (b) Plasmolysis 130. Most abundant plant protein on the earth is: (c) Reverse osmosis (d) Alltheabove (a) Leghemoglobin(b) Lecithin 142. A heterophic plant could be : (c) Rubisco (d) Soybean prolein seed (a) Symbiont (b) Saprophytic 13I.Yeasts and some filamentous fungi are (c) Insectivorous (d) Allthe above valuable sources of : 143. Photosynthesis occurs with minimum (a) Vitamins of B-complex loss of water is : (b) Fertilizers (c) Some salts (a) C3 plants (b) CAM plants (d) None of the above (c) C~ plants (d) Noneofthe above 132. Formation ofGTP during Kreb's cycle 144. Plant cells can be converted to is an example of : protoplasts by treating them with : (a) Oxidative phosphorylation (a) Cellulase (b) Cyclic photophosphorylation (b) Cellulase + pectinase (c) Non-cyclic photophosphorylation (c) Cellulase + pectinase + lipase (d) Substrate level phosphorylation (d) Cellulase+ pectinase+ lipase+ protease 133. The self splicing introns are called: 145. The process of formation of ammonia from (a) Coenzymes (b) Ribozymes atmopheric nitrogen and hydrogen is : (c) Apozymes (d) Holoezymes (a) ammonification (b) nitrogen fixation 134. Substance produced by microorganisms that (c) nitrification (d) dentrification have inhibitory effectson other microoganism 146. Vernalization is a method of inducing are termed: early flowering in plants. This involves (a) Antibiotics (b) Antibodies exposure of the seeds to : (e) Xenobiotics (d) Interferons (a) Low temperature (b) Certainhemicals c 135. La rger DN A fragmentshavingupto 45,000base (c) High pH (d) Light pairs are clonedby the vector: 147. PlantsproducedATPfromADP+ Pi by: (a) A. phase (b) Cosmid (c) Episome (d) Fplasmid (a) Photosynthetic phosphory latious 136. The essentialaminoacid that isusuallydeficient (b) Oxidative phosphorylation in foodsderived from plant sources : (c) Substrate level phosphorylations . (a) Phenylalanine (b) Leucine (d) All the above (c) Arginine (d) Lysine 148. Mutations generally occur in : 137. Two groups of scientists were responsible for (a) Dominantgenes (b) Recessive genes working out the human genomesequence.The (c) Lethal genes (d) Mendel's genes leadersof the two groups were': (a) e. Venter and F. Collins 149. Segregationof genestake placeduring: (b) S.I, Nicolson and B. Singer (a) Metaphase (b) Anaphase (c) F.e. Crick and J.D. Watson (c) Prophase (d) Embryoformation (d) K. Beadle and S. Tatam (MBBS-153)

f
7

,l

..
~~

,f

,
I ..
l

ISO. An anti-codon is the sequence of the nitmgenous bases on : (a) the complementary strand of DNA, which codes for one amino acid (b) the complimentarystrand of rnRNA, which codes for one amino acid (c) t-RNA molecules where the amino acid is attached (d) a r-R A molecule, which recognises the aporopriate sequence of bases on the m-RNA. 15J. Who stated that species are groups of inte rbreeding population that are eprod uctively isolated f rom other such groups: (a) Ross (b) Merrel (c) Mayr (d) Hamilton 152. Which ofthe following factors help in evolution hut is not considered the basic factor: (a) Isolation (b) Adaptation (c) Variation (d) Mutation 153.The first modern birds appeared during the (a) Cretaceous period (b) Jurassic period (c) Triassic period (d) Carboniferousperiod 154.Negative feedback loop: (a) keeps our body temperature within a normal range (b) maintains the homoeostasis (c) is involved in both the above functions (d) has no role in anyoftheabovefunctions. ] 55. Which of the following processes affect the Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium to cause variation at the genetic level: (a) Mutation and Recombination' (b) Gene migration and Genetic drift (c) latural Selection (d) All the above 156.which one of the following is a pseudocelomate animal ; (a) Taenia (b) Fasciola (c) Ascaris (d) Planaria 157. Which of the following types of ceUs lose the mitotic activity after differentation, in multicelluar organisms: (a) Liver cells (b) Muscle cells
'1

158. Which of the following cytoskeletal components of an eukaryolytic cell playa major role in protoplasmic streaming: (a) microtubules (b) Microfilaments (c) Intermediate filaments (d) None of the above 159. Which one of the following types of bands is used both in plant as well as animal karyotyping ? (a) C band (b) G band (c) R band (d) N band 160.Prostaglandins have no role in : (a) inflammatory and allergic reactions (b) blood clotting (c) smooth muscle contraction (d) conduction of nerve impulses 161. Simple cubiodal epithelium 'lines all the following structures except the: (a) ovary (b) pancreatic ducts (c) thyroid follicles (d) fallopian tube 162. Tissue Plasminogen Activator is used for: (a) stimulationsofwoundhealing (b) dissolving the blood clots after heart attacks (c) enhancing the action of immune system (d) stimulating the formation of erythrocytes 163.A gene containing multiple axons and at leaset one intron is termed as : (a) split gene (b) operator gene (c) syntenic gene (d) epistatic gene 164. Tay-sach's disease, an inborn error of metabolism, is related to the deficiency of: (a) glucocerebrosidase (b) phenylalanine hydroxylase (c) hexoseaminodase (d) none of the above 165. Which ofthe foilowingvitamins is referred to as pellagraPreventingFactor: (a) Thiamine (b) Folic acid (c) iacine (d) Cobalamine 166. Which of the following human disease is related to a genetic block : (a) .Alkaptonuria (b) Phenylketonuria (c) Galactosaemia (d) All the above 167. Low thyroid level in our body result in: (a) weight gain (b) loss of appetite (c) lethargy and depression (d) all the above 168. Which of the following is a D A containing double-shelled virus: (a) Hepatitis B (b) Hepatitis A

169. Which oft the sleep-wI (a) Mela (c) Adre 170. Ilaemogl influence] (a) partia (b) partia (c) tempe (d) all the 171. The onlv which is' n the placen immunity (a) IgM 172. Malaria in (a) the b anoph (b) vertic placen (c) blood t (d) all the 173. The most tcst for III (a) J<:LlSA (c) DNAhy, (d) Wester I 7 ... Asynchron III uscle is te (a) fluttcr (c) cardiac \ ib ] 75. Which of tll disorders i newborn: (a) Edward's. (b) Patau's s (c) Down's

(d) None of
176. Pick the odd (a) ervous (b) Ear:AlJu (c) Bone : V~ . (d) Eye: Ca 177. Western Ghatsa two 1I0t spots ide conservation, ar (a) amphibia (b) some mal (c) Swallow-r (d) all the ab 178. The permissi in residential (a) 35db (b)

(c) Epidermal cells (d)

erve cells
[MBBS-154)

(c) Hepatitis

(d) Hepatitis E

owing cytoskeletal eukaryolytic cell e in protoplasmic

laments ove following types of in plant as well as

?

(b)G band (d)N band e no role in : allergic reactions contraction erve impulses ithelium 'lines all ures except the : pancreatic ducts fallopiantube atorisusedfor: dhealing clotsfterheart attacks a ofimm unesystem ianon oferythrocytes ultiple axons and is termed as : (b)operatorgene (d)epistatic gene n inborn error of hedeficiency of: ase droxylase re e mins isreferred to as b)Folic acid d) Cobalamine g human disease c block: Phenylketonuria d) Alltheabove' pdy resultin: (b) lossof appetite (d) all the above wing is a DNA elled virus : b)Hepatitis A ~)Hepatitis E

169. Which ofthefollowing hormones is the key to thcsleep-wakecycleinourbody: (a) Melatonin (b) Serotonin (c) Ad rcnalinc (d) Dopamine 170. Haemoglobin - Oxygen Equilibrium is influenced by : (a) partial pressure of oxygen (b) partial pressure of carbon dioxide (c) temperature and ionic strength (d) all the above 17LThe only maternal immunoglobulin which is normally transported across the placenta providing natural passive immunity to the newborn is : (a) IgM (b) IgA (c) IgG (d) IgD 172. Malaria infection can be transmitted by: (a) the bite of infected female anopheles mosquito (b) vertical transmission t h ro uz h placental defect b (c) blood transfusion (d) all the above 173. The most commonly used screening' tcst for' 1IIV is : (a) ELISA (b) PCR (c) DNA hybridization (d) Western Blot Assay 17,LAsynchr"onous contraction of heart muscle is termed as : (a) flutter (b) fibrillation (e) cardiac vibration (d) tachycardia 175. Which of the following chromosomal disorders is the commonest in the newborn: (a) Edward's syndrome (b) Patau's syndrome (c) Down's syndrome (d) one of the above 176. Pick the odd one out: (a) crvous tissue: Node of Ranvier (b) Ear: Aqua duct of Sylvius (c) Bonc : Volkman's Canal (d) Eye: Canal of Schlemm 177. WesternGhats and Eastern Himalysas,theonly two 1I0t pots identifiedin India for biodiversity s conservation, are rich in : (a) amphibians and reptiles (b) some mammals, (c) Swallow-tailed butterflies (d) all the above 178. The permissible ambient noise level in residential area during nights is : (a) 35 db (b) 40 db (c) 45 db (d) 50 db

179. Werrnic-Korsakoffts, a neurological syndrome, is usually found in : (a) chronic alcoholics(b) chronic smokers (c) drug addicts (d) none ofthe above 180. During digestion, before of action of lipase, fat is emulsified by : (a) ergosterols (b) phospholipid (c) lipoproteins (d) digitonin 181. Closed circulatory system is not found in: (a) octopus (b) tunicates (c) echinoderms (d) squids 182. Bad organs of Ruffini are receptors of (a) heat (b) cold (c) pain (d) taste 183. Polyp phase is absent in the life cycle of: (a) Hydra (b) Hormiphora (c) Pennatula (d) Physalia 184. Which of the following structures is absent in male cockroach? (a) Seminal vesicle (b) Phallomere (c) Spermatheca (d) None ofthe above 185. True notochord is absent in : (a) Balanoglossus (b) Ascidia (c) Ciona (d) Salpa 186. Through sensitive to entire visible spectrum, the cones in the human eye show maximum sensitivity to : (a) blue colour (b) green colour (c) red colour (d) all the above 187. Which is not a symptom of'hyperglycaemia: (a) Loss of weight (b) Breakdown of muscle tissue (c) High blood glucose level (d) Diplopia 188.An in h e r ite d character and its detectable varint is termed as : (a) unit factor, (b) trait (c) genetic profile (d) g en 0 t Y pic character 189. Heating may cause denaturation of enzyme protein mainly by damaging its: (a) physical configuration (b) chemical structure (c) both physical configuration (d) ashchemical ot er prope tructure ties. as well

"

.
'::::"

" ii

,,U
t'

(MBBS-155)

It>U.Which of thc following is incorrect: (a) The hail' protein, keratin, is synthesized' from the amino acid methionine. (b) Phospholipids act as carriers of inorganic ions across the cell membrane (c) Dietary intake of PUFA increases the serum cholesterol level in our body (d) Cobalt is a constituent of Vit BI2 It>I . Red viral vaccineiscommonlyused for: (a) mumps (b) measles (c) "abies (d) none of the above I n. The highly pathogenic influenza A (l15NI) virus infects: (a) poul )' (b) ducks (c) migratol'y birds (d) all the above 11)3. The renal structure associated with the renin-angiotensin system is : (a) Glomerules (b) juxtaglomerular cell (c) Bowman's capsule (d) Loop of Henle 19.. The tadpole fish is (a) fist larva (h) larva of an amphibian (c) an arthupod (d) common name of a fish

195. Which of the following is not a water borne disease: (a) Typhoid (b) Amoebiasis (c) Cholera (d) Hepatitis B 196. A pure cell line of human cancer cells used for cultivations of viruses is termed as : (a) Hcla (b) m.s (c) Vero (d) BHK 197. Transgenics are created by incorporating into their genetic make up : (a) foreign gene (s) (b) extra copiesof an endogenous gene (c) cloned and modified gene (d) any of the above 198. Memory cells are stored in : (a) spleen (b) Iym ph nodes (c) both the above (d) a specialized area of brain tissue 199. Which of the following are not the first order consumer : (a) Rotifers (b) Cyclops (c) Dragon flies (c) Fish larvae 200. During spermatogenesis the acrosome of the sperm is formed by : (a) nucleus (b) golgi complex (c) lysosome (d) mitochondria

Q
1. In iod (a) v (b) co (c) els (d) str 2. The m 0.28 g (a) 6.0
(c) 6.Q [Giventl 3. Equal

4.

5.

I
1. (d) 11. (e) 21. (e) 31. (d) 41. (b) 51. (a) 61. (b) 71. (a) 81. (e) 91. (b) 101.(e) 111.(a) 121.(d) 131.(a) 141.(e). 151.(e) 161.(d) 171.(e) 181.(a) 191.(b) 2. (a) 12. (b) 22. (d)' 32. (d) 42. (e) 52. (b) 62. (e) 72. (b) 82. (d) 92. (b) 102. (b) ,112. (d)' 122. (b) 132. (d) 142. (d) 152.(d) 162. (b) 172. (d) 182. (a) 192. (a)

I ANSWERS
3. .(b) 4. (e) 5. (a) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (b) 23. (e) 24.' (d) 25. (a) 33. (d) 34. - (e) 35. (b) 43. (e) 44. (b) 45. (d) 53. (b) 54. (d) 55. (b) 63. (a) 64. (b) 65. (d) 73. (e) 74. (a) 75. (e) 83. (b) 84. (d) 85. (a) 93. (d) 94. q!p95. ~ 103. (e), 104. b) W5 ( 113.iW114. e 115. 0) 123. (b) 124. (b) 125. (e) 133. (b) 134. (a) 135. (a) 143. (b) 144. (b) 145. (b)' 153. (b) 154. (e) 155. (d} 163. (a) .164. (a) 165. (e) 173. (a) 174. (b) 175. (e) 183. (e) 184. (e) 185. (b) 193. (b) 194. (b) 195. (d)

2006-2007 , 6. (b) 7. (d). 16. (e) 17. (e) 26. (e) 27. (d) 36. (d) 37. (d) 46. (a) 47. (e) 56. (b) 57. (d) 66. (a) 67. (b) 76. (d) 77. (d) 86. (e) 87. (e) 96. (d) 97. (b) 106. (a) 107.4b.) 116. (a) 117. (d) 126. (a) 127. (a) 136. (d) 137. (a) 146. (a) 147. (a) 156. (d) 157. (d) 166. (d) 167. (d) 176. (d) 177. (d) 186. (b) 187. (d) 196. (a) 197. (d)

8. 18. 28. 38. 48. 58. 68.. 78. 88. 98. 108. 118. 128. 138. 148. 158. 168. 178. 188. 198.

(e) 10. (b) ~a) 19. (a) 20. (d) '(d) 29. (d) 30. (a) (d) 39. (b) 40. (a) (a) 49. (b) 50. (e) (b) 59. (b) 60. (b) (e) 69. (a) 70. (d) (e) 79. (b) 80. (a) (a) 89. (b) 90. (e) (a) 99. () 100. (a) 1QL 109---(1) 110:'(d) (e) 119. (b) 120. (a) (b) 129. (a) 130. (e) (e) 139. (e) 140. (d) (b) 149. (b) 150. (d) (b) 159. (a) 160. (d) (a) 169. (a) 170. (d) (e) 179. (e) 180. (a) (a) 189. (a) 190. (e) (e) 199. (e) 200. (b)

i{1) 9.

G.

7.

mixed fraction (a) 1/2 An electr offonr ~ belongs (a) 4s or! , (c) 4dor The bond the order (a) 0;-> (c) 0;> The eleme (a) halog (c) noble! For the equ +2Hp (g),
(a)

RT
CQ

8.

Which of
(a) Ba2+

/MBBS-156/

than Fe! (b) Na+ coa than Ba (c) Na" co than Fe)!' (d) Fe3+ coal . than Ba2+ 9. An adiabatic (a) isobaric (c) isenthalpi 1 O. TIle most reac (a) Na

iasis tis B ancer cells viruses is (d)BHK orporating

M.B.B.S Admission Test (AMU) Physics, Chemistry, Biology Set 2007-2008

1. In iodine, small molecules are held together by: (a) van der Waals' forces (b) covalent bond forces (c) electrical attractions (d) strong electrostatic attraction. 2. The number of nitrogen molecules present in 0.28 g of nitrogen gas are: (a) 6.022xI02' (b) 6.022xlO22 23 (c) 6.022xI0 (d) 6.022xI024
[Given thatAvogadro oonstant, A = 6.022 x N
1()23 1001"']

-p,
7

11. The thermal stability of the hydrides of 0, S, Se add Te varies in the order: (a) H2Te>H2Se>H2S>HP (b) HP>H2S>H2Se>H;te (c) Hp>~Se>H2Te>~S (d) H2S>HP>H2Se>H2Te 12. The alkene that will yield 2, 3-dimethyl-2-butanol on hydration is: (a) (b) ~ (c) (d)v 13. Which of the following alkenes will yield 2methylpropanal on ozonolysis followed by the reaction of ozonide with ZnJHP? (a)
/'../V

gene ne

A(

rain tissue ot the first clops h larvae sis the ormed by : gi complex ochondria

(e) 10. (b) (a) 20. (d) (d) 30. (a) (b) 40. (a) (b) 50. (c) (b) 60. (b) (a) 70. (d) (b) 80. (a) (b) 90. (c) () 100. (a) ) 11CJ.'(d) (b) 120. (a) (a) 130. (c) (e) 140. (d) (b) 150. (d) (a) 160. (d) (a) 170. (d) . (e) 180. (a) (a) 190. (c) (e) 200. (b)

3. Equal masses of methane and oxygen are mixed in an empty container at 25 C. The fraction of the total pressure exerted by oxygen is: (a) 112 (b) 1/3 (c) 2/3 (d) 1I2x2981273 4. An electron with value-s, 1, -1 and +112 for the set of four quantum number n,l,m and s, respectiv.e1y belongs to: (a) 4s orbital (b) 4p orbitial (c) 4d orbital (d) 4/ orbital 5. TIlebond stability of 02+'02' 02- and 0i- varies in the order: (a)' 0;-> 0;> 2>'0; (b) 0;>.02> 0;-> 0; (c) 0;> 02> 0;> 0.;- (d) 0;> o-? 0;-> 02 G. The element Po is a : (a) halogen (b) chalcogen (c) noble gas (d) lanthanoid 7. For the equilibrium 2NP(g)+N2H/g) ~ 3N2(g) +2HP(g), K/Kp is: (a) RT (b) llRT (c) (RT)2 (d) 1/(RT)2 K. Which of the following statement is correct: (a) Ba2+coagulates AS2S3 more effectively than Fe3+ . (b) Na" coagulates AS2S3 more effectively than Ba2+ (c) Na" coagulates AS2S3 more effectively than Fe3+ (d) Fe3+ coagulates AS2S3 more effectively .than Ba2+ 9. An adiabatic process is an: (a) isobaric process (b) isochoric process (c) isenthalpic process (d) isentropic process 10. TIlemostreactive alkali metal towardshydrogenis: (a) Na (b) K (c) Rb (d)Cs

(b) ~

(c) ~

(d)~

14. Heterolytic bond dissociation energy of alkyl halides varies in the order: (a) R-F> R-CI> R-Br> R-I (b) R-I> R-Br> R-CI> R-F (c) R-Br> R-Cl> R-F> R-I (d) R-CI> R-F > R-I > R-Br 15. A solid AB crystallises as NaCI structure and the radius of the cation is 0.100nm. The maximum radius of the anion can be: (a) 0.137 nm (b) 0.241 nm (c) 0.274 nm (d) 0.482 nm 16. The van't Hoff factor for a very dilute aqueous solution of HCN is 1.00002. The per cent degree of dissociation of HCN is: (a) 4xlO-5 (b) 2XlO-5 (c) 1 x 10-5 (d) 0.5 x 10-5 17. The Henry's law constants for 02 and N2 are . k, and K, torr, respectively. The ratio of mole fractions of 02 to N2 in atmosphere is 0.27. The ratio of mole fractions of 02 and N2 dissolved in water will be: . (a) 0.27K/k2 (b) 0.27KjK, (c) 0.27.K,.~ (d) K,.K/0.27 18. The third law of thermodynamice states that in the limit T-+O: (b) L\S=O (a) Sr=O (c) L\S=constant (d) S=constant

[MBBS-157]

19. Calculate the entropy change for H2(g)+Cl/g) --+2HCI(g), using following data: Substance : H2(g) SoIJK-' mole! : 131 CI2(g) 223 HCI(g) 187

The entropy change is: (a) +20 JK-'mo1-' (b) -20 JK-'mo1e-' (c) +167 JK-' mol':' (d) -167 JK-I mole? 20. The reduction potential for Fe2+- Fe and Fe3+ --+Fe2+ are -0.44V and 0.77V, respectively, The reduction potential for Fe3+- Fe will be: (a) -0.04V (b) 0.33V (c) 1.21V (d) -1.21V 21. For the electrode H'(aqj] H2(g), ifpH is decreased by one unit at 25C, then the cell potential: (a) decreases by 59.1 mV (b) increases by 59.1 mV (c) remains unchanged (d) ~ecomes zero 22. The plot that represents the zero order reaction is:

.29. 2- Ethoxy butane is a functional isomer of : {a) 2-methyl butan-Ivol (b) 2-pentnol ~c) 2-hexanol (d) 2-butanol 30. The projectile particle for conversion of 23Na to 12~Ne deutron. The ejected particle will b~~ is (a) (b)_~e (c);tIe 31. Which of the following molecules N~

38. Bakelite is obtain formaldehyde and (a) urea (b) phenol

J1

(d) :H is achiral?

39. If one strand ol ATCGAGCf, the s sttand would be:

(a) TACGAGCT

(a)kCH,CH, H-f:-OH
(b)
H GH3 OH . CI,/SH Cl,/SH

(c) TAGCTCGA 40. Serotonin is usual] (a) analgesic (c) antiseptic

(c)

(d)

41. The ionic radius (rthe sequence: (a) F->CI->Br>I(c) Cl->Br>I->F42. The carbohydrate on acid hydrolysis (a) sucrose (b) la 43. The munber of ele Mn3+, Fe3+ and respectively. Whic have lowest value (a) Cr3+ (b) Mn3 44. The covalent char varies in the order: (a) Bi>Sb>As>P (c) P>As>Sb>Bi 45. Which of the fall colourless in aqueo (a)Cu2+ (b)Ni2+

32. Ethanal reacts with isopropyl magnesium iodide to yield a product which on hydrolysis gives: (a) A"OH (b) J-vOH

(c)

~H

(d) ~H

33. Which of the following compounds forms silver .mirror with tollen's reagent? (b) ~C~(x;~ (a) C~CHPH (c) C~CHO (d) C~COOH 34. The compounds (1 to 4) that will not undergo aldol condensation reaction are: 1. C~C~CHO 2. o-CHO 3. o-CHO 4. ifHO

23. For a first order reaction, the 'time required to decompose 75% is related to 1112 by:

(t)

. (a) 1= tl12 (b) 1= 3./112 (c) 1= 2.tl12(d) 1=712/112 '24. The homogeneous catalyst used for the preparation of acetic acid from methanol and CO is: (a) Mo(VI) complex (b) NilPdC~ (c) RhlPdCl2 (d) [Rh(CO)2I2]e 25. The oxidation state of halogen atom is '+3' in: (a) C102 (b) C~03 (c) ClP6 (d) Ips 2G. The stability of the +1 oxidation state inAl, Ga, In and TI varies in the sequence: (a) Al<Ga<In<TI (b) Al>Ga>In>TI (c) In>Tl>Ga>Al (d) .Ga<Tl<Al<In 27. The number of electrons in 4/ orbital of La3+, Ce-'+,Pf3+and Nd3+ are 0, 1,2 and 3 respectively. Which of the following ions is not paramagnetic? (a) La3+ (b) Ce3+ (c) Pr3+ (d) N43+ 28. TIle blister copper is electrolytically refined using: (a) anodes of impure copper (b) anodes of pure copper strip (c) cathodes of impure copper

(a) I and 2 (b) 2 and 3 (c) 2 and 4 (d) 3 and 4 35. Which of the following compounds will be most reactive towards nucleophilic addition reaction? . (a) 3-Pentanone (b) 2-Methylpentanal (c) 2,4-Dimethyl-3-pentanone (d) 3, 4-Dimethyl-2-hexanone 36. Compound 'A: yields benzylamine on reaction with LiA1H4 following by hydrolysis. The reaction of 'A: with NaOH and Br2 will yield: (a) benzamide (b) aniline (c) nitrobenzene (d) N-bromoaniline 37. In the reaction A CHfllzMgBr The substrate (a) C~CN sequence: )

4G. The acidity of com]

~OH
CI

III

CI

MH

Varies in the order: (a) I>JI>III>IV (c) III>II>I>IV 47. TIle compounds that 1. C~CHO 3. (CH))CCHO (a) I and 2 (c) 1,2 and 3

~O~

/'f"
0

'A: is
(b) CH3C~CN (d) a\CH2NC

(d) graphite anodes

[MBBS7158]

(c) C~C~CH2CN

Isomer of: pentnol butanol :rsion of2~a 11 ide will be: (d) ~H s is achiral?

KOH
f .

-;<H
nesiumiodide olysis gives:

pH
"'-oH
! forms silver

~<A:I\
IOH
,not undergo

:HO CHO
I .
i

8. Bakelite is obtained by the polymerization of formaldehyde and: (a) urea (b) phenol (c) melamine(d) ethyleneglycol 9.1f one strand of DNA has the sequence ATCGAGCT,the sequence in the complementary sttand would be: (a) TACGAGCT (b) TAGCTGCT (c) TAGCTCGA (d) TACCTCGA 'j[). Serotonin is usually used as: (a) analgesic (b) tranquilizer (c) antiseptic (d) antioxidant ~I.TIle ionic radius (r-fpm) of halide ions following the sequence: (a) F->Cl->Br>I(b) I->Br>CI->F(c) Cl->Br>I->F(d) Br>Cl>I->F~2.TIle carbohydrate that yield glucose and galactose on acid hydrolysis is: (a) sucrose (b) lactose (c) maltose (d) starch n. The munber of electrons in d-orbital of Cr3+, Mn3+, FeH and Mn2+ are 3, 4, 5 and 5, respectively, Which of the following ions will I have lowest value of magnetic momenttu)? (a) Cr3+ (b) Mn3+ (c) Fe3+ (d) Mn2+ 44, The covalent character in group 15 elements varies in the order: (a) Bi>Sb>As>P (b) As>P>Sb>Bi (c) P>As>Sb>Bi (d) Sb>As>P>Bi 45, Which of the following metal ions will be colourless in aqueous medium? (a) Cu2+ (b) Ni2+ (c) C02+ (d) Zn2+
46. The acidity of compound I, II, III, IV

48. Which of the following reaction is known as Hell- Volhard-Zelinsky reaction?

o
(a) R-C-OH
II

i) T iAlH lether

ii)~081

4)

R-Cl-f -OH
~'1

CaO

(b) RCOONa+NaOH~

heat

R-H+Na2C03 ) R-CH -COOH

I

i) CI/RedP.

(c) R-rn:-COOH
~"'2

o
II

ii)

Hp
6)

,l 'f ...

CI
i) B H
2

(d) R-C-OH

ii)~081

R-CH20H

I I willbe most ~on reaction? lylpentanal

o
~OH Cl II

CIO ~H

49. Which of the following is not an azo dye? (a) Methyl orange (b) Congo red (c) Martius yellow (d) Aniline yellow 50. The pH of a 0.001 M solution ofHCl is: (a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 5 51. The resistance R of a wire is given by the relation R = pl/7tr2. Percentage error in the measurement of p, I and r is 1%, 2% and 3% respectively. Then the percentage error in the measurement of R is: (a) 6 (b) 9 (c) 8 (d) 10 52. Two cars A and B start moving from the same point with same velocity v = 5km1minute. Car A moves towards North and car B is moving towards East. What is the relative velocity of B with respect to A. (a) 5-fikmfm towards South-East (b) 5'1'2kmfm towardsNorth-West (c) 5-Y2km1mtowards South-West Cd) 5..J2kmlm towards North-East 53. The figure shows a horizontal force F acting on block of mass M on an inclined plane (angle9). What is the normal reaction N on the block? (a) (b) (c) (d) mg mg rng mg sine sine cose case + F cose - F cose - F sine + F sine ~,

I~

lThereaction
lid: hoaniline

e on reaction

-vo
lNC

IV ~H CI Varies in the order: (a) I>II>III>IV (b) II>I>III>IV (c) 11l>II> I> IV (d) IV> III> II> I 47. TIle compounds that will undergo Canizzaro are: 1. C~CHO 2. HCHO 3. (CH3)JCCHO 4. PhCHO (a) I and 2 (b) I and 3 (c) 1,2 and 3 (d) 2,3 and 4 III

MH

/.

~.~

54. An object is thrown vertically' down on earth with speed v. The change in its speed after falling through a distance d is: (a) mgd (b).Jiid (c) 2..Jiid (d) 2...Jmgki

[MBBS-159]

55. A constant force F is acting on body mass m moving velocity 1 shown in the figure. The as power P exerted is: (a) F cosflv(b) F cos81mg (c) F mg cose/v (d) mg sin81F 56. A 2 g ball of glass is from the edge of a bemisplerical cup whose radius is 20 cm. How much work is done on the ball by the gravitational force the ball's motion to the botton of the cup? (a) l.96 mJ (bp.92 mJ (c) 4.90 mJ (d) 5.88 mJ 57. A 150g tennis ball coming at a speed of 40m/s is hit straight back by a bat to speed of 60 m/s. The magnitude of the average force F on the ball, when it is ill contact for 5 ms, is: (a) 2500 N (b) 3000 N (c) 3500 N (d) 4000 N 58. TI1e figure shows a horizontal block of mass M suspended by two wires A and B. The centre of mass of the block is closer to B than A. (i) Is the magnitude of the torque due to wire A is greater, less or equal to that due to B? (ii) Which wire A or B exerts force on the block? (a) (b) (c) (d) (i) (i) (i) (i) greater (ii) B equal (ii) B less (ii) A greater (ii) A

61. A block of mass 650g is fastened to a spring whose spring constant k = 65 N/m. The block is pulled a distance of 10 em from its equilib rium position at x = 0 and then released from rest at t = O. Calculate (i) the angular frequency o, (ii) maximum acceleration a and (iii) phase angle $ of the simple harmonic motion (a) rn (b) m (c) ro
=

66. Twom confin that its-

= = (d) ro = 7.5 rad/s, a = 5.0m/s2, $ = 3.14 rad

10 rad/s, a= 10m/s2, $ = 0 rad 6.5 rad/s, a = 15m/s2, $ = 3.14 rad 13.0 rad/s, a = 6.5m/s2, $ = l.57 rad

approq (R = 8.. (a) +25 (c) -25( 67. The fi

This pan point, a that all ~

62. The figure shows three situation of displacement x(t) ofa pair of two SHM (A and B) that are identical except for the ~hase difference. For. each pair, find the phase shift (in degrees) needed to shift the curve for A to coincide with curve for B:

l. Isth 2. Is
t

plae two (a) nega

(b) positl
(c) negati
2

(a) +lS()<" +90, -90 (b) -IS()<', -900, +900 (c) +360, +18()<"-18()<,

%(t)

68. TIle figu] a small I uniform ( the elects (i) What (ii) Three simila by chang

59. A stellite is orbiting earth at a distance r. Variations of its kinetic energy, potential energy and energy is shown in the figure. Of the three curves shown in figure, identify the type of mechanical

(d) +l80, +1800, -90 63. The transverse displacement of a string (mass per unit length m) in which a wave is travelling with speed v is: Y = Ym sin (kx - rot) The average rate at which kinetic energy is transported in the string is: (a) 112 mv' ro2 Y2m cos? (kx - rot)

(b) 1I4mv ro2 Y2m

(d) 1I2mv- rn Y2m

(c) 1I4mv ro2 sin? (kx - rot)

(a) (i) B t

energy they represent. ~ergy~

~->r

(a) I Potential, 2 Kinetic, 3 Total (b) I Total, 2 Kinetic, 3 Potential (c) 1 Kinetic, 2 Total, 3 Potential (d) 1 Potential, 2 Total, 3 Kinetic 60. The mean distnce of mars from sun is 1.5 times that of earth from sun. What is approximetely the number of years required by mars to make one revolution about sun? (a) 2.35 years (b) l.85 years (c) 3.65 years (d) 2.75 years

64. Two identical sinusoidal waves, moving in the same direction along a stretched string, interfere with each other. The amplitude Y of each wave is 10 mm and phase difference ~ between them is 213nradians. The amplitude of the resultant wave is: (a) 3cm (bjZcm (c) 1cm (d) 0.5cm 65. A system is subjected to a thermdynamic process in which heat transfer, change in internal energy and work done are represented by Q, t.E. t and W. Which of the following statementk wrong for the process? (a) In an adiabatic process: Q = O,t.E Dl t = W (b) In a constant volume process: W = 0, Lllid = Q (c) In a closed cycle: t.E t = 0, Q = W (d) In free expansion: Q
=

(b) (i) A t~ (c) (i) A to (d) (i) B to

69. The figure Guaussi arrows and magnitudes What is the inside the 0

(a) (1) negj

"' W

0, t.Ejllt>

. [MBBS-160]

to a spring . The block m its equilib leased from angular freration a and onicmotion Orad = 3.14 rad

66. Two moles of a mono atomic ideal gas is in a confined in a container and is heated such that its temperature increases by lOoC. The approximate change in its internal energy is (R = 8.31 J/mole - K): .

(a) +250 Joules (c) -250 Joules

(b) +350 Joules (d) +450 Joules

70. The figure shows a family of parallel equipotential surfaces and four paths along which an electron is made to move from one surface to another as shown. (1) What is the direction of the electric field? (2) Rank the paths according to work done, greatest first. 1 I--.J
. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

. (a) Rightward'
.

4 > 3 > 2 > 1

:
I

$ = 1.57 rad
3.14 rad displacement d B) that are fference. For (in degrees) to coincide
=

G7. The figure two changed particles on x-axis. This particles are free to move. However, at one point, a third charged particle can be placed such that all three particles would be in equilibrium. 1. Is the third particlepositively ornegatively charged? Is the point where the thired particle is placed to the left, right or between the two charged? (a) negative, to their right (b) positive, between them - 3q - q (c) negative.to their left (d) positive, to their right GR. Tile figure shows an electron e travels through a small hole in plate A towards plate B. A uniform electic field between the plates slows the electron without deflecting it. (i) What is the direction of the electric field? (ii) Three other charges + qp + q2' - q3 travel similarly through small holes as indicated by arrows. Does the kinetic energy of these change increase, decrease or remain same. 2.

(b) Leftward;

1> 2 > 3 > 4

d 3:

t-""1
1

:2 :
I I 1 ,

H
I I 1 1 1

(c) Rightward; 3 = 4 > 2 = 1 (d) Leftward; 1 > 2 > 3 = 4

! l i ~P!
'1

:::

,
,il
:1.

e-

71. A 1O-volt battery is connect to three capacitory; C, = 21lF, C2 ,; 31lF and C3 = 51lF, as shown. The charges on the capacitors Cp C2 and C3 respectively are:

(a) 211<;,31lC, 51lC (b) 51lC, lOIlC, 151lC (c) lO~C, 151lC, 251lC (d) 41lC, 61lC, 10llC

lOv-JO cf

lC1'-

'--- __

--'Tcl

72. The current density varies with radial distance r as J = a r', in a cylindrical wire of radius R. The current passing through the wire between radial distance RI3 and Rl2 is: ( ) 657taR4 a 2592
I

I~

I i

(c)

657ta2~ 2938

sin2 (kx - rot) moving in the . g, interfere e Y of each ce q; between ofthe resultant (d) O.Scm ic process ternal energy by Q, ilEint g statements

(a) (i) B to A (ii) increase, (b) (i) A to B(ii) decrease, (c) (i) A to B (ii) increase, (d) (i) B to A(ii) decrease,

decrease, increase, decrease, increase,

increase decrease increase decrease

69. The figure show two situations in which a Guaussian cube sits in an electric field. The arrows and values indicate the directions and magnitudes (in N - m2/C) of the electric fields. What is the net change (in the two situations) inside the cube? 2 7 (a) (1) negative (2) positive

73. Four wires of the same diameter are connected, in turn, between two points, maintained at a constant potential difference. Their restivities p and lengths L are; p and L (wire 1), 1.2 p and 1.2L (wire2), 0.9p and 0.9L (wire 3) and p and 1. 5 L (wire 4). Rank the wires according to the rates at which energy is dissipated as heat, greatest first . (a) 4> 3 > 1 > 2 (c) 1 > 2> 3 > 4 (b) 4> 2 > I > 3 (d) 3 > 1 > 2 > 4

g6

O,6.Eint = W = 0, Lilli,t = Q Q=W 0, 6.Eint > 0

:::;:: (~: ,,g :::~:::::v~'

(d) (1) negative (2)n(;:gative
3 1 2

74. An electron is traveling with velocity +5 m/s in a magentic feild = +4 What is the magnitude and direction ~ force F acting on the electron.

B 61 t Tesla.
of the

V = 31

(a) 18e N along +ve z-axis (b) 18e N along -ve z-axis (c) 36e N along -ve z-axis (d) 54e N along +ve z-axis

[MBBS-161]

75. A simple ohm meter is made by cmnecting a l.5V battery-in. series with a resistance R and an ammeter that reads from 'O-LOmA, as shown below. The resistance R is adjusted so that-when the leads A and B are shortened together the meter reads 1 mA. What external resistance across A, B results in (I) lOo/~(2) 50% (3) 90% ofthe
,

79. Printing of a photograph from a negative requires exposure of 2.5 seconds from a lamp 0.5m away and power I .How much exposure time is required from a ~amp of power 210placed at a distance of 1m? (a) 2.5 s

K5. What is the ra of the Balmer! of the Lyman!

(a) 4:1

(b)

(b) 10 s(c)

5 s

(d) 15 s

KG.What is the de-l with a kinetic ( (Given: h=6.63 and e=Ltixlfr: (a) 725pm(b). K7. What is the en ~2P-+~2S? (Given: atomic 31.97207 u fan

full scale deflection?

.~.

80. What is the radius of curvature of a double convex lens made of glass of refractive index 1.55 Ifits focal length is 20 em: (a) 22 em (b) 25 em (c) 30 em (d) 32 em 81. If we decrease the frequency of the applied A C. with a purely capacitive load, do (1) the amplitude of V and (2) amplitude of Ie increase, decrease e . or remam th e same: (a) (1) increase '(2) same (b) (1) same (2) increase (c) (1) same (2) decrease (d) (1) decrease (2) same 82. A ray of light is incident on a thick slab of glass (thickness t) as shown below. Theemergent ray is parallel to the incident ray but displaced sideways by a distance d. If'the angles are small then dis: (a) t (1 '- ilr)

(a) (1) 17,500.0

(2) 9500.0 (2) 7500.0 (2) '1300.0

(3) 365.0 (3) 1500.0 ' (3) 65.0

(b) (1) 150000

(c) (1) 13,500.0 (d) (1) 11,500.0

(2) 1500.0 (3) 167.0

(a) -1.2 MeV . (c) +2.1 MeV

KK.At what rate m reaction to rener Assume the Q-

76. The figure given below shows a circular coil C with 250 turns, area A =.2.5xl0-4 m2 and a
. I

current i = 1001-1A. The coil is at rest in a uniform magnetic field = 1.0T, with its magnetic moment it initially aligened with B. How much would an external torque do on the coil to rotate it by 900 from its initial orientation?

(a) I 02~

(b) }

K9. The intensity a optical fibre deo

(a) 1OI-1J (b) 2.51-1J (c) 51-1J

o--r

(b) r t (1 - ilr) (c) it (1 -+)

1

1=11
The intensity of initial value afte (a) log(l/a) (c) (log 5)/a 90. Identify the Ion logic circuit:

(d) 151-1J

It'
(d) t (1 1

. 77. The. figure shows the cross- section of a long . conducting cylinder of inner radius a and outer radius b. The cylinder carries a current whose current density J = cr2. What is the magnitude of 'the magnetic feild B at a pint r. where a -< r < b? (a)' . B = 1-10nC - a2) (r2 4r2 B=I-1C('-':tt)
0

+)

83. An object moving with speed Vo towards a spherical mirror with radius of curvature R. along the central axis of the mirror. The speed of the image with respect to the mirror is (U is the distance of the object from mirror at any given time t):

(a) NAND (b) AND (c) NOR

(d

(b)

(a)

4r2 B = 1-1 (r nC

(u _ ~R)

v~ Yo

R (b) - (2U,... R) (d)

VO

91. Which of the fol displacement x(1) with constant a (a) x = 6 -7r2(1l

(c) . .

2 -

2)

(d) _--,=-0

B = 1-1 (,-4 - tt) C

(0) -

tv _~R)'

~(2U~

(c) x
~v~

= 9(2

+8

4r'

4r

n. Two

solid sphericals planets of equal radii R having masses 4M and 9M are separated by a distance 6R. A projectile of mass m is sent .from the planet of mass 4M towards' the heavier planet. What is the distance r of the point from the lighter planet where the gravitational force on the projectile (a) I.4R (b) 1.8R is zero? (c) 1.5R (d) 2.3R

84. In a photoelectric experiment the graph of frequency u of incident light (in H2) and stopping potential Vein .volts) is shown below. From figure the value of the planck's constant is (e is the elementary charge): (a) e ~~ (b)e~
v

92. The dimensional (a) MUr-1 (b

(c) US-I
93. The radius of a s by electron scat likely mass numl

(a) 27
ab
(Volts

(b) 40

!G
_____ J

"

(c) e ~~

(d)e~

94. What is the wavt photon emittedin Ii atom spectrum? (a) 150nm(b) 12

ab

[MBBS-162] "

liverequires lamp 0.5m po sure time tIoplaced at

85. What is the ratio of the shortest wavelength of the Balmer series to the shortest wavelength of the Lyman series? (a) 4:1 (b) 4:3 (c) 4~9 (d) 5:9 86. What is the de-Broglic wavelength of an electron with a kinetic energy of 120 eV? (Given: h=6.63xlO-34 J-s, m. = 9.11xlO-31 kg and e=l.6x10-19 Coulombs) (a) 725pm(b) ~OOpm (c) 322pm (d) 122pm in the p~decay of 87. What is the energy released ~2P-+)2S?

95. If the wavelength of a particular colour oflight is 600nm in air. (1) What is its frequency? (2) What is it wavela1g1hin glass of refrative index 1.5? (ay 15 X 1014Hz, 300 nm (b) 6 X 1014Hz, 400 nm (c) 5 X 1014Hz, 400 nm (d) 3 X 1014Hz, 500nm 96.

(d) 15 s
ofa double active index

An incident ray of light is incident perpendicular

to the face ab of a prism (refractive index 1.5)
as shown below. Find the largest value of the angle ~ so that the incident light is totally reflected back at the face ac of the prism:

..
.I

(d) 32 em
~ppliedAC. Ibe amplitude 1Stl, decrease

(Given: atomic masses: 3l.97391u for 32p and 3l. 97207 u for 32S) (a) -l.2 MeV

(a)

00,'0)

(b)

OO"tn~
~

e (2) increase ease(2) same

ick slab of eemergent ut displaced I es are small

(b) +l.7MeV
(d) -0.9 MeV

. (c) +2.1 MeV

(O)Oo,+t)

(d)CO"~)

&&. At what" rate must the 23SU nuclei undergo fission reaction to renerate energy at the rate of 3.0 W Assume the Q-value of fission to be 200 MeV: (a) 102) (b) 1019 (c) 1011 (d) 106 &9. The intensity of light pulse travelling in an optical fibre decreases acording to the relation:

97. There are two co-axial circular coils. The larger coil has radius RI with NI turns and the ' smaller coil has radius R, withl'[, turns of wires. The two coils are placed in the sme plane. What is their mutual inductance:
7t~oNIN;; ~o7tNIN2Ri

I = Ie-ax
o

The intensity of light is reduced to 20% of its initial value after a distance x equal to: (a) 10g(1Iex.) (b) log ex. (c) (log 5)/ex. towards a mrvature R. r. The speed irror is (U mirror at (d) log (5/ex.) of the following 90. Identify the long operation logic circuit:

(a)

2~
7tJ..L0N2IN22~

(b)

2RI
7t~0N2IN21~

(c)

2~

(d)

.
..

I I

(a) NAND
(b) AND

(c) NOR

(d) OR

98. The figure shows three circuits with identical batteries, inductors and resistances. Rank the circuits according to the time for the current to reach 30% of its equalibrium value after the switch is closed:

~r R)

91. Which of the following relations representing displacement x(t) of a particla describes motion with constant acceleration:
Vo

(a) x

6 -7r2(b)

= 3(2 + 5/3 + 7

(c)x=9/2+8 ~v~ e graph of

(d)x=4r2+3r1

o[]o
. 1 3 2
(a) 1>3>2 (b) 3>1>2 (c) 3>2>1 (d) 1>2>3 99. An ion of change + q and mass m is accelerated in a region of potential difference V volts and then it enters a region of uniform magetic field perpendocular to its velocity. If the ion describes a semicircle of diameter x then its mass m is:

and stopping
elow. From tant is (e is

92. The dimensional formula for torque is : (a) MUr-1 (b) ML-IS-I (c) US-l (d) M2S-2J(-1 93. The radius of a spherical nucleus as measured by electron scattering is 3.6 fm. What is the likely mass number of the nucleus? (a) 27 (b) 40 (c) 56 (d) 120 94. What is the wavelength of the least energetic photon emitted in the Lyman series of the hydrogen atom spectrum? (a) 150nm(b) 122nin (c) 102nm (d) 82nm

B 2x2
(a)m=W

_____i J
c

(c) m= B~x . g

[MBBS-163]

HXl. Five resistance, each of 5 0 are connected as shown in figure. Find the equivalent resistance between points (1) A and B, (2) A and C. (a) (1) 7.50 (2) 2.250 5 n (b) (1) 50 (2) 2.500 A B (c) (1) 2.50 (2) 3.130 (d) (1) 30 (2) 2.50 C 101. hich is the most abundantgas in the trachosphere? W (a) Oxygen \...{tS)NitrogeIi (c) Carbon 'dioxide (d) Argon' 102The chorion arises from: (a) inner cell mass (b) endoinet}"ium rophoblast (d) embryonic disc . 10 .Spindle fibres of a mitotic cell are made up of: (a) action (b) myosi~ tubulin (d) fibrin 104. hich of the following cartilages is 'present in W intervertebral disc? (a) Hyaline (b) Elastic (c) Fibrous (d) Calcified 105. hich of the following animals is triploblastic W acoelomate? (a) Ascaris (b) Fasciolas (c) Planaria (d) Terebella lOG. The products of action of chymotrypsin on proteins are: (a) small peptides (c) oligopeptides (b) large peptides (d) amino acids

112Sea fish are good source of: (a) Iron (b) Iodine (c) Potassium (d)Al the above 113. nipolar neurons are found only in: U (a) early embryos (b) olfactory epithelium (c) retina of the eye (d) spinal cord H4.Whichofthefollowiugtypesofcellarefound in retina? (a) Neuroglialcell (b) Schwann cell (c) Amacrine cell (d) Purkinje cell 115. ree redicals in our body have been implicated in: F (a) ageing (b) certain degenerative disorders (c) neurodegeneration (d) all the above 116. hich of the followinganimals are isoeonformers? W (a) Hogfishes(b) Sharks (c) Rays (d) Allthe above 117.In the presence of vasopressin, the greates fraction of filtered water is absorbed in: (a) loop of Henle (b) proximal convoluted tubule (c) distal convoluted tubule (d) collecting tubule 118. hich of th following minerals reduces the W excitability of nerves and muscles? (a) Potassium (b) Sodium (c) Magnesium (d) Manganese 119. nteric fever is caused by: E (a) Salmonella enteritidis (b) S. typhi (c) S. typhimurium (d) None of the above UO.Which of the following vitamins is a coenzyme for amino acid and fatty acid metabolism? (a) Vit. s, (b)Vit. Bl2 (c) Vit. Bl (d) Vit.B2 Ul. Which of the following is a prolaction-inhibiting hormone secreted in the hypothalamus? . (a) Serotonin (b) Dopamine (c) Epinephrine (d) Histamine 122. he inhibition of succinic dehydrogenase by T malonate is an example of: (a) competitive inhibition (b) non-competitive inhibition (c) allosteric modulation (d) non of the above 123. seudo-stratified epithelium covers the inner P linnings of: (a) bronchioles (b) trachea (c) lung alveoli (d) none of the above U4.Buoyancy in a bony fish is maintained with the help of: (a) streamlined body (b) paired fillS (c) swim bladder (d) all the above

107. hich of the followinmg hormones has a W stimulating effect on entire immune system? (a) Thymosin (b) Cortisol (c) Adrenaline (d) Insulin 108. he condition in which the body muscles become T stiff, due to non-availability of ATP,enzymes and oxygen, is referred as: (a) muscle fatigue (b) rigor mortis (c) muscle twitch (d) tetany )(y:.).Whichof the following recombinant DNA products is used for the treatment of pathogenic viral infections? (a) lnterleukins (b) Interferon (c) Erythropoietin (d) Plasminogen Activator 110. assive immunization is indicated in: P (a) diphtheria (b) tyhoid (c) tuberculosis (d) none of the above '111. Which of the following is not an annelid? (a) Leech (b) Earthworm (c) Sea mouse (d) Sea cucumber

125.Smooth mu (a) viscera (c) blood V6 12G.Adiagra of a species (a) idiogra (c) karyogra 127. hich is no W (a) They are (b) They lac! (c) Theirgen (d) They con 128. n which of ~ I have pentam larvae arebil~ (a) Arthropoo (c) Echinode 129. he random ~ T occurring by (a) geneticva (c) gene migra 130. hronic expos C (a) blue-baby (c) foot and (b) dropsy 131. hich of thefi W the Hardy-We variations at the (a) Natural sel (b) Mutation a (c) Gene migra (d) All the abov 132The system 0 evolutionary an organisms, ig: similarties or difi (a) cladistics (b) phcnetics (c) classical sys (d) new system 133.Frogs lack: (a) incisors . (c) molars 134.Blood worms are (a) Hirudinaria (c) Limulus

[MBBS-164]

125. mooth muscles S

Occur on: (b) internal organs (d) all the above , 135.Carcinomas arise from: cells origin (a) haematopoietic (c) melanocytes

)AI the above

m:

(a) viscera (c) blood vessels

"2:/"--7. c: L-.
~

ry epithelium
cord 11 found are cell ie cell implicatedin: e disorders hove , nformers? Mtheabove the greates ed in: lutedtubule ling tubule reduces the

126. diagrammatic respresentation A of karyotype of a species is referred to as its: (a) idiogram (b) hologram (c) karyogram (d) monogram 127. hich is not true for prokaryotic cells? W (a) They are far smaller than eukaryotic cells (b) They lack membrane-bound organelles (c) Their genetic material is localised within nucleoid (d) They contain a well developed cytoskeleton 128. n which of the following animals the adults I have pentamerous radial symmetry while their larvae are bilaterally symmetrical? (a) Arthropods (c) Echinoderms (b) Molluscs (d) Annelids

(b) tissues of mesodermal

(d) epithelial tissues

136.Which of the following immunglobulins is a mediator in allergic response? (a) IgM (b) IgA (c) IgE (d) IgD 137.The largest of the white blood cells are the : (a) neutrophils (b) eosinophils ,

"> }. .
I

I'
.

:.

(c) monocytes (d) lymphocytes I ' 138.Tissue transplant between identical twins is called: (a) autograft (c) allograft (b) xenograft (d) isograft 139.The human egg at the time of ovulation surrounded by: (a) cumulus cells (c) interstitial cells (b) granulosa cells (d) none of the afove 140.SARS was first reported from: (a) Indonesia (c) Vietnam (b) Singapure (d) C~' 141.Which of the following zones of a lake is habitat ,for snails, slugs and micro-organisms? (a) Littoral (c) Limentic (b) Benthic (d) Profundal 142 Stem cells arise from: (a) bone marrow (b) foetal liver (c) yolk sac is
v'

~:" __ ..;, ~ ~ ~

~l:,

129. he random changes in the allele frequency T occurring by chance is termed as: (a) genetic variability (b) genetic drift (c) gene migration (d) mutation 130. hronic exposure to arsenic causes: C (a) blue-baby syndrome (c) foot and mouth disease (b) dropsy 131. hich of the following W the Hardy- Weinberg variations at the genetic (a) Naturalselection (c) Gene migration (d) All the above (d) itai-itai disease basic processes affect equilibrium causing' level?

?
ese

(d) all the above

coenzyme olism?

143.1ngestion of food and water contaminated wi 1 infective eggs is the primary route of infection for.

d) Vit.B2
-inhibiting us?

(b) Mutation and recombination, and gentic drift

(a) Taenia solium (c) Wuchererial bancrofti (b) TricMnella sp (d) Ascaris lumbricoides
144.Which of the following is nonsense codon? (a) UAG (c) UAA (b) UGA (d) all the above 145.The degree of pathogenicity of a mocro-or-ganism is referred to as: (a) virulence (b) prevalence

genase by

132 The system of classification based on evolutionary and genetic reationships among organisms, ignoring the morphological similarties or differences, is called: (a) cladistics (b) phenetics (c) classical systematics (d) new systematics 33.Frogs lack: (a) incisors, (b) premolars

(c) severity (d) pathogenic efficacy 146.Which of the following sets of genotype will not react with antigens A, Band H? (a) IAIAIHH (b) IAIA/Hh (c) IAjfHh (d)IAIA/hh 147.Which of the following is a psychooomatic disorder? (a) Psychosis (c) Hypochondria 148.Magnetic resonance (b) Neurosis (d) Schizophrenia imaging can detect:

theabove the inner

e above ed with

(c) molars . (d) none of the above ~.Blood worms are the larvae of: (a) Hirudinaria (c) limulus

ve

(b) Chironomus (d) Daphnia

[MBBS-165)

(a) lesions of multiple sclerosis on brain (b) brains tern tumour (c) slippe disc in spinal column (d) all the above

149. he following hepatitis viruses are RNA except: 160: itromonas oxidize ammonia to nitrite whether T N (a) hepatitis B virus (b) hepatitis A virus or not light is present and use the energy released (c) hepatitis G virus (d) hepatitis E virus . for synthesizing carbohydrates from CO 2" 150. hich of the following is not an autosomal W Such organisms are referred to as: genetic disorder? (a) Chemosynthetic autotrophs (a) Sickle-cell anaemia (b) Cystic fibrosis (b) Chemosynthetic heterotrophs (c) Haemophilia (d) Huntington's disease (c) Photosynthetic autotrophs 15l.The first living organisms that appeared on the (d) Chemosynthetic heterotrophs planet earth, according to the most accepted 161.1nsectiveorousplants depend on the insects they View, were: consume for providing: (a) anaerobic (b) aerobic (a) carbohydrates (b) fats (c) photosythetic (d) none of the above (c) minerals (d) nitrogenous compounds 152If there were present no subcellular organelles 162A Latin American plant of the genus Acacia in a eucaryotic cell, the rate of metabolism will: has modified leaves which act as thorns that (a) increase (b) decrease provide shelter to stinging ants. In return the (c) not change (d) increase dramatically ants protect the plants from herbivores, by at 153. he best test for determining the parity of the T tacking them. This is a typical example of: isolated subcellular organelles is: (a) parasitism (b) mutualism (a) phase contrast microscopy (c) symbiosis (d) commensalism (b) marker enzyme levels 163. hen one gram of each of the following is oxidised W (c) ulta-centrifugation using density gradient completely, maximum energy is released in (d) electorn microscopy case of: '154.Saprotrophs live on dead organic matter, which (a) starch (b) coconut oil ,.' they utilize: (c) protein -, (d) ATP (a) by phagocytosis 164. n banana the edible part is: I (b) after digestion by extracellular enzymes synthesized by them (a) rudimentary endocarp and fleshy mesocarp (c) by endocytosis (d) by pinocytosis 155. ungal cell walls are characteristic in having: F (a) cellulose (b) hemicellulose (c) chitin (d) pectin 156. hich of the following has synandrous condition: W (a) Colocasia(b) Hibiscus (c) Mimosa (d) Ricinus 157. enicillium is described as belonging to a group P called 'imperfect fungi' because it: (a) reproduces only asexually (b) cannot reproduce asexually (c) does not produce perfectly spherical spores (d) producsantibiotics 158.Following is not true of monocots: (a) Most of the food of the seed is stored in endosperm (b) Have parallel veins in theirleaves (c) Flower parts occur in fours (d) Flower parts occur in threes 159.lf a cell contains 36 chromosomes, what will be the number of chromosomes in each of the 4 daughter cells resulting from meosis? (a) 36 (b) 18 (c) 9 (d)none of the above (b) flerhy epicarp (c) rudimentary mesocarp and fleshy endocarp (d) pericarp 165.Actinomycetes belong to: . (a) Kingdom Protista (b) Kingdom Fungi (c) Progenote (d) Kingdom Monera 166.Sweet potato is a modified: (a) Stem(b)Adventitiousroot (c) Tap root (d) Leaf 167. ivipary exhibited by the red mangrove helps V the plant in germination of its seed by preventing their exposure to: (a) high temperature (b) high. salinity (c) drought .(d) soilalkalinity 168. uring the cell cycle, RNA and proteins are D synthesized during: (a) GI phase (b) G2' phase (c) S, phase (d) Interphase 169. aryotype preparation can be obtained by: K (a) Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) (b) Binding technique (c) Flow cytometry (d) All the above

170. alking Fern is: W (a) Pteris vtttata (c )IAdiantum caud 171. he xerophytic 11 T storing it in: (a) Intercellular SJl (b) Normal pareno (c) Intercellularsp~ (d) Parenchymatod purpose 172Which of thefolloW (a) Coal (c) Ethanol 173. io-assays are us~ B the concentration/ hormones, vitamiru of living organis ' (a) animals linkfa (b) mocro-organis (c) plants 174. erveral plants tha S seed dispersal, ac ripe fruits. This sug purpose is: (a) sucrose (b) lac 175. ivision in yeast 0 D division of cellul:u. (a) Binary fission (c) Replication ]76.The following is n of plant cells: (a) Phospholipids (c) Cholesterol 117. he classical eXaII T organisma includes (a) addition of 02 t (b) removal of eleo (c) removal of hyd (d) all of the above 17K The angiosperms a earth today becaus (a) evolutionof flo (b) double fertilizaf (c) enclosure of OVi (d) all the above 1'lJ. 'Whip-tail' diseasei deficiency of: (a) manganese (c) molybdenum

[MBBS-166)

nitritewhether energy released s from CO2, as: s ,hs theinsectsthey

us compounds genusAcacia as thorns that . In return the rbivores, by at exampleof: lism ensalism ,wingsoxidised i is released in nut oil

eshymesocarp fleshyendocarp

Taproot(d) Leaf angrovehelps bypreventing .salinity alkalinity d proteins are

the above'

180."Apomixis" in plants mean, developmentof a plant: . (a) from stem cutting (b) from root cutting (c) without gamtc fusion (c)IAdiantum caudatum (d) Lycopodium spp. , (d) by fusion of ametes 171.The. xerophytic plants conserve water by , 181.Heart wood is: stonng It in: (a) Intercellular spaces (a) Outer part of secondary xylem (b J Normal parenchymatous cells (b) Outer part of secondary phloem (c) Inner part of secondary xylem (c) Intercellular spaces and parencymatous cell~ (d) Inner part of secondary phloem (d) Parenchymatous cells specialised for this purpose 182 Typic~l floral formula of Ranunculaceae is: 172.Which of the following is the renewable resource: (a) Ef>9K5C~OC<l (a) Coal (b) Petroleum t (c) Ethanol (d) All the above (b) Ef>9K(sF(6)~IQ 173.Bio-assays are used for the determination of + the concentration/activity of subtances link (c) ED9K(5) (6)A(""S~S.8) C hor':ll?nes, vitamins, etc. based on the growth + (d) ED9~+2C4A4+2q2) of living organisms used for the purpose are: I (a) animals link rats/mice 183.Thick roots hanging down from Banyan tree are: ) (b) mocro-organisms (a) stilt roots . (b) pneumatophores (c) plants (d) all the above (c) prop roots (d) buttress roots 174.Serveral plants that depend upon animals for 184.DNA is not presentin thefollowingplant organelles: s~ed dl~pers~l, accumulate sugar(s) in their (a) Mitochondria (b) Chloroplasts npe frUit:'. TIus sugar most widely used for the I purpose IS: (c) Lysosomes (d) All the' above (a) sucrose (b) lactose (c) fructose (d) trehalose 185. The technique applied to locate protein product . of a cloned gene subsequent to electrophresis . 175.Division in yeast, characterized by an unequal is described as: diVISIOn cellular material, is known as: of (a) Southern blotting (b) Western blotting (a) Binaryfission (b) Budding (c) Northern blotting (d) Eastern blotting (c) Replication (d) Division 186.Lederberg and Lederberg demonstrates that . 176.The following is not present in the members mutationsare preadaptive.They used the following of plant cells: technique for the purpose: (a) Phospholipids (b) Glycolipids . (a) Replica plating (b) Gene sequencing (c) Cholesterol (d) None of the above (c) Transduction (d) Transformation 177.The classical example of oxidation in living 187.The foll<;>wing. nucleotide is not produced by organisma includes: hydrolysis of either RNA or DNA: (a) addition of 02 to the substrate (a) dUMP (b) d GMP (c) d eMP (d) dTMP (b) removal of electons from the substrate 188.A dipeptide contains: (c) removal of hydrogen from the substrate (a) two amino acids . (b) two peptide bonds (d) all of the above (c) two amino groups but no carboxyl group 17KThe angiosperms are the dominant plants on (d) two carboxyl groups but no amino group earth today because of . (a) evolution of flowers for sexual reproducation 189.Photorespiration occurs to a minimal extent in C4 piants because the Rubisco of plants: (b) double fertilization (a) cannot react with oxygen (c) enclosure of ovule within the fruit (b) does not come in contact with oxygen (d) all the above (c) has very low affinity for oxygen 179. 'Whip-tail' disease in cauliflower is noted due to (d) is inactivated on exposure to oxygen deficiency of: 190.Chlorophyll b is absent in: (a) manganese .(b) magnesium (a) spinach (b) brown algae (c) molybdenum (d) nitrogen (c) green algae (d) none of the above (b) Dryopteris ftlix-mas.
[MBBS-167]

170.Walking Fern is: (a) Pteris vittata

~,
. I

,/

-,i' . .:>

....

'~
.I.

191. he following occur(s) during non-cyclic but T not cyclic photophosphorylation: (a) Reduction ofNADJ>+(b) Release of oxygen (c) Splitting ofHP (d) All the above '192The enzyme "Rubisco" is responsible for CO2 reduction and is located in the: (a) Outer membrane of the chloroplast (b) Inner membrane of te chloroplast (c) Stroma of the chloroplast (d) Interthylakoid space of the chloroplast 193.Heme-containing cytochromes, involved in photosyntheses, are a rich source of: (a) Calcium (,b) Iron (c) Zine (d) Copper 194. itochondrial DNA codes for: M (a) All the proteins of mitochondria (b) Only few proteins of mitochondria (c) Most of the .proteins of mitochondria (d) None of the proteins of mitochondria 195. iruses that contain RNA as the genetic material V take the help of a.nenzyme to produce DNA which in turn helps in the sythesis of virus specific proteinsv The enzyme is: (a) DNA dependent RNA polymerase (b) RNA dependent DNA polymerase (c) DNA dependent DNA polymerase

(d) RNA dependent RNA polymerase 196.Synthesis of RNA using DNA as the template is describe as: (a) replication (b) transcription (c) translation (d) transformation ; 197. egetarians run the risk of developing the V deficiency of the following vitamin: (a) C (b) BI2 (c) A (d) B6 198. genetically modified plant may contain a gene A from: (a) another plant (b)a bacterium (c) an animal (d) all the above 199. ajor biomes of the world are: M (a) Tundra, Taiga, Savannah, grassland and desert (b) Tropical rain forest (c) Temperate deciduous forest (d) All the above 200.Air pollutant responsible for damages in cereals, fruits and cotton crop and also causing immature yellowing and shedding of leaves is: (a) Ozone (b) Fluoride (0) Oxides of nitrogen (d) S02
4.

MBBS P
1. A vernier cellipe has 20 divisions scale divisions a (a) 0.2 mm (c) 1.0 mm The velocity-time The displacemen

2.

r ~
~
elfl

(a) Area A + Are] (b)' Area A + Are (c) Area A + Are (d) Area A + Are' 3. A ball is projecte If the height attair (a) H
(c)

4f1

f ANSWERS 2007-2008 I

o I(a)
13(c) 25(b) 37(b) 49(c) 61(a) 73(b) X5(c)

02(a) 14(a) 26(a) 38(b) 50(c) 62(a) 74(b) 86(d)

03(c) 15(b) 27(a) 39(c) 51(b) 63(a) 75(e) 87(a) 99(b) 111(d)

04(b) 16(d) 28(a) 40(a) 52(b) 64(e) 76(b) 88(e)

05(c) 17(a) 29(c) 41(b) 53(d) 65(d) 89(e)

06(b) 18(a) 30(c) 42(b) 54(b) 66(d) 90(b) 114(c) 126(a)

07(d) 19(a) 31(c) 43(a)

08(d) 20(b) 32(c) 44(c)

09(c) 21(b) 33(c) 45(d) 57(b) 69(a) 81(e) 93 (b)

I Q(d) 22(a) 34(d) 46(a) 58(b) 70(c) 82(e) 94(e)

11(b) 23(c) 35(c) 47(d) 59(c). 71(c) 83(b) 95(c) 119(b)

12(c) 24 (d) 36(b) 48(e) 60(b) 72 (a) 84(a) 96(d)

Three masses MJ frictionless table. massless threads as by a constant force thread between 1111

56(b) 55(a) 67(b) . 68(c) '79(c) 91(e) 115(d) 127(d) 80(a) 92(*)

77(b) . 78(d)

(a)

lM J + M
J

~ (

M +M2
2

97(b) . 98(b) I09(b) [IO(a) 121(b) 122(a) 133(a) 134(a) 145(a) 157(a) J69(d) 181(d) 193(b)

100(c) 101(b) 112(b) 113(a)

102(c), !03(cLJ04(c) 128(c)

105(c) 106(b) 129(b) 130(b)

107(a) '108(b) 120(a)

5.

(c)

lMJ + M2 +'

MJ+M1

116(d) 117(c) . Il8(c)

123(b) 124(c) 125(d) 135(d) 136(c) 137(c) 148(d) 160(a) 172(c) 184(c) 196(b)

131(d) 132(a)

146(e) 147(c) 158(c) 159(b) 170(c) 171(d) 182(a) 183(c) 194(b) 195(b)

138(d) 139(c) 140(d) 141(c) 142(d) 143(d) 144(d) 149(a) 150(c) 151(a) 152(b) 153(c) 154(b) 155(c) 156(a) 161(d) . 162(b) 163(b) 164(a) 165(d) 166(b) 167(b) 168(a) 173(d) 174(c) 175(a) 176(c) 177(d) 178(d) 179(e) 180(c) 185(b) 186(a) 187(d) 188(a) 189(b) 190(b) 191(d) 192(c) 197(b) 198(d) 199(d) 200(c)
[MBBS-168]

Two blocks of mas are connected by a s over a frictionless below. The coefficie m J and the horizon system is released, accelerating. What placed over nil so t with a uniform spe

se
: template tion nation oping the I. A vernier cellipers (with least count has 20 divisions of the vernier scale. scale divisions (a) 0.2 mm gene 2. (c) 1.0 rrim are of

MBBS Admission Test' (A.M.U.) 2008-09 Physics, Chemistry & Biolo y

=
0.1 mm) The main

/';
7

d) B6 itain a
lUm

(b) 0.5 mm (d) 2.0 mm

graph of an objects during the interval is as shown. (a)
(c)

The velocity-time The displacement

v

0 to

14. is

12 kg
10 kg

(b)

II kg

love

(d) 2 kg of mass m is moving in a horizontal

6.

A particle

d and desert + Area

's

ciricle of radius R under a centripetal force equal A to --Z(A = constant). The total energy of the
r

; in cereals,

ag immature s:

+ Area C + Area D + Area (b)' Area A + Area C - Area B - Area D (c) Area A + Area B + Area C + Area D (d) Area A + Area C + Area E - Area B + Area D
(a) Area A
B

particle
A

is

(a)

R
A

(b)
(d) energy

R
A

3.

A ball is projected If the height

(a) (c)

to attain the maximum is H, the range (b) 2H (d) H/2 is

range.

(c)

2R

2R is increased by

attained

7.

If the kinetic

of a body

H 41-1
masses

4.

Three massless thread

M"

1112 and M3 are lying on a

are connected by 8.

300%, the momentum (a) 300% (c) 100%

of the body is increased (b) 200% (d)

by
I

I&{
J

50%
contract to half its

frictionless

table. The masses

If the earth were to suddently present duration (a) (c) size, without of the new

) i)

12(c) 36(b) 48(c) 60(b) 72 (a)

threads as shown. The mass M3 is pulled force Fas shown. The tension in the masses
Ml

any change day will be (b) (d)

in its mass, the

by a constant

,) 24(d)

between

M2. and M3 is
.It;

18 hours 6 hours

30 hours

12 hours
stool with his arms his arms. (L) ?

9.
( MI+M2 1 (a) lMI+M2+M:)F(b) ( MI + M, 1 lMI+M2+-M,)F(d)
mI

A boy is spinning

on a rotating

84(a) .) 96(d) a) 108(b) ) 120(a)

5.
(c)

(M,+M, lMI+-M2+-M)F

1 1
6 kg
I

down to his side. Suddenly Which of the following (a) co decreases speed (co) and the angular (b) both wand (c) ru remains (d) ui increases

he stretches momentum same

is.true regarding his angular

( . MI - M2 lMI+M2+M)F
=
4 kg. and
nl2

but L remains

L decrease
constant but L decreases butL remains constant

Two blocks of masses are connected over a frictionless

nil

d) 132(a)
d) 144(d) (c) b) (c) (d) 156(a) 168(a) 180(c) 192(c)

by a string-of negligible mass passing pulley as shown surface the masses in the figure of friction be.tween the block is 0.4_ When the

10.

The' angular speed of earth in rad/s, so that bodies on equator may appear weightless is : [Use g = 10 m/s2 and the radi us of earth = 6.4 x \03 km]

below. The coefficient and the horizontal is released, system

ml and ml start
mass m should
(ml

1.25 x 10-3 (c) . 1.25 x 10-1

II.

(a)

(b) 1.56 x 10-3 (d) 1.56

of the radius

accelerating.

What additional

be A body weights W newton at the surface earth. Its weight at a height equal to halfthe of the earth will be

placed over ml so that the masses with a uniform speed?

m) slide

(MBBS - 169)

(a) (c) 2.

2 4W
9'

(b) (d)

2W 3
W

(a) 1 : I (c) 4 : l

(b) 2 : I (d) 1 :' 4

(c) decreas

If the temperature of it black bO<ly'increases from 7C to 287C, then the rate of energy radiation increases by 287)4 (a) ( T times (c) 8 times (b) 16 times (d) 4 times

17. . If the molecules ofagas havej'degress of freedom, the ratio C/Cv of the gas ,is equal to
(a)

platesa change (d) none ot 23.

I+~

(b) 1.+;' (d) 1~.f

In the givenI the pointsA

(c) ~+f

3!iF ~

13. A substance of mass

M requires a p,?wer input of P to remain in the molten state at its melting point.

18. - Two pulses A and B have instantaneous velocities as shown by arrows. In which direction do these pulses travel in time ,? A A to right, B to left A to left, B to right both to the left bothto the ight

When the power source is turned off, the sample completely solidifies in time t. The latent heat of fusion of the substance is (a) (c) 14.
Pt M .pI 2M 2Pt

(b) (d)

M
.4Pt M

(a) (b) (c) (d) 19.

(a) 25 (c) 100 24. in at in' of

An identical monoatomic gas Is taken round the cycle ABCA as shown in the figure. The work done during the cycle is

C(4/! 3/1) ,

A~(p,m
(P. /I)

An organ pipe PI' closed at one end vibrating its first harmonic and another pipe Pl, open both ends vibrating in its third harmonic, are resonance with a given tuning fork. The ratio the lengths of PI and'Plis (a) ,8/3 '(b) 1/6 (c) 112 (d) 1/3

In which of current are c (a) a super (b) a voltai (c) a semi~ (d) a hydro resistance, resistance R difference 0 the valueof (a) 1
(c) ~

is; To the poten

20.

v-+
(a). zero (c) -3PV 1.5.. (b) +3PV I) none of the above

The-thermodynamic state of a system changes from 'a state ; to fby different process. Which-of the following depends on whether the process; -+ f is reversible or irreversible ? ' (a) Change in internal-energy(MJ) (b)Charige in volume ,(.M,) (c) Change in temperature (61) (d) None of the above A thermallyinsulated piston divides a containeinto two compartments. The volume.rtemperatnre and pressure in the righf.compartmentar-e,2V, T and 2P, while in the left compartment the corresponding parameters are V, rand P. Then theratio of number of molecules in the right compartment to that in the left compartment is
V 2V

The expression y_ = asinbxsinwt represents a stationary wave. The distance between the consecutive nodes is equal to (a) tub (b) 2rc1b (c) rcl2b (d) lib

26.

A chargedpal of uniform e -parallelto ea (a) straight (c) helix

21;

A particle carrying

a charge q is shot with a speed

particle carrying in charge Q. It approaches Q upto a certain _distance r and then returns back as shown in the figure q Q. '
-

v towards' a fixed

.-

..... :;.:..)_ .......

.iI

I'

'2.7.

A cOIiduct{
constantcurn

16'.

The distance of closest approach for a speed 2" of the charge q would be (a) ,./4 (b) rl2 (c) r (d) 2r 22. A capacitor is charged by using a battery which is then disconnected: A'dielectric slab is then, introduced between the plates which results in the (a) reduction of charge on the plates and increase of potential difference across the plates (b) increase in the potential difference across the plates and reduction is stored energy but no change in the charge on the plates.

field B such of the loop. is (a) ;rB (c) zero 28.

T
I'

T
'21'

Flux ~ in We Q varies, the equation~ of the induce (a) 1.2 A (c) 0.6 A

io

(MBBS - 170)

(c) decrease in potential difference across the plates and reduction in stored energy but no change in the charge on the plates. (d) none of these 23. In the given network the potenial difference across the points A and B is (in V)

29.'

3""

TI '''''
. . IJLF

A current of 1.5 A flows through a solenoid of length 20.0 cm, cross-section 20.0 cm2 and 400 turns. The current is suddently switched off. in a short time of 1.0 millisecond. Ignoring the variation in the magnetic field near the ends, the ave~e back emf induced in the solenoid is (it) 0.3 V (b) 9.6 V (c) 30.0 V (d) 3.0 V The electric field component of an electromagnetic wave in vacuum is given as E = {(3.! ~/C)Cos[(I18rad1m)y+(5.4 x lOSrad's)t]) i. ItS direction of propagation and wavelength is (a) i, 1.8 m (b) '::"i~ m 1.8 (c) },3.5m (d) -},J.5ql

1'.

3J.tF

30.

Ion
.L---MlWr----i II A20n 100 V

7. .>

..

(a) 25 (c) 100 24. d vibrating in P2' open at ionic, are in' The ratio of

(b) 75 (d) none of the above 31.

In. which of the following the carriers of electric current are electrons only ? (a) a super conductor (b) a voltaic cell (c) a semiconductor (d) a hydrogen-discharge tube resistance, a' 'battery of emf 2.5 volts and a resistance R ~~ connected hi series. If a potential :differenceoflvolt is balanced across U2length, the va:Jue of R .ing will be . (a) 1 (b) 1."5 (c) 2 (d) 2.5

15; To the potentiometer wire of length Land 109

A beam of light of- wavelength 6000A, from a distant source, falls on a single slit 1 mm wide and the resulting diffraction pattern is observed on a screen 2 m away. The distance between the first 'dark fringes oil either side of the central bright fringe is (a)" 1.2 mm (b). 2.4 mm (c) 0.6 em (d) L2 em .brilliant colours. This is due to (a) dispersion (b) diffraction (c) interference (d) . polarization

32. On a rainy day, small oil films on water show

represents a etween the

33.

26. witha speed chargeQ.1t r and then

A charged particle.Is released from rest ina region

of uniform electric arid magnetic fields which are .parallel to each other. The particle will move on a (a) straight line (b) circle (c) helix (d). cycloid A conducting circular loop of radius r .carries a constant current i, it is placed in a uniform magnetic field B such that B is perpendicular to the plane ofthe loop. The magnetic force acting on the loop is (a) irB (b) 2nriB (c) zero .(d)nriB

a speed 2v

A hollow double concave lens is made of a very thin transparent material. It can be filled with air or either of two liquids L. or L2 having refractive indices nl and n2 respectively (n2 > n. > 1). The lens will diverge a parallel beam of light if it is filled with (a) air and placed in air . (b) airand immersed in L. (c) L I and immersed in L2 (d) L2 and, immersed in L)

34.

ery which lab is then. ults in the dincrease plates acrossthe rgy but no s.

28.

Flux cp in Weber in a closed circuit of resistance I o g varies with time t in seconds according to the equation cp = 6?-- 51+ I. What is the magnitude of the induced current at 1 = 114 sec. (a) 1.2 A (b) 0.8 A (c) 0.6 A (d) 0.2 A

In Young's.double slit expement, the intensity of light at a point on the screen where the. path difference A isK unitS. What is the intensity of light atapoint where the path difference is Al3; A. being the wavelength of. light used ? (a) 1(14 '. (b) Kl3 (c) KI2 (d) K If Ap and Aa be the wavelengths of protons and a-particles of equal. kinetic energies, then

35.

(MBBS - 171)

(a)

Ap

= 4a

(b) Ap

A. a 2

(c) Ap = 36.

x,

(d) Ap = 2Aa

(a) I mls2 . (c) 1/20 m/s2

(b) 1/10 m/s2 (d) none of these

(c) is the
volume

The radioactivity of a sample is X at a time t I and Yat a time 12.lf the mean life. of the specimen is 't, the number of atoms that have disintegrated in the interval (12 - II) is (a)
(X ~ Y)'t

(b) (X':" 1').I.'t (d) none of the above

42. . A unit radial vector makes angles of a = 30 relative to the x-axis, /3 = 60 relative y-axis, and y = 90 relative to the z-axis. The vector can be written as L .Jj.. 1. (b) -i +-j (a)2:i +Ti

(d) does n 49. In a purely followings current am

.s.
2

(c) (X - Y)'t
37.

(c) According to the Bohr theory ofH-atom, the speed of the electron, its energy and the radius of its orbit varies with the principal quantum number n, respectively as
1
2

V"3i + J3j

[i.

1.
(d) none of the above

43.

1. 1

(a) -,n'2 n. .n
I

(c) n'2'2 nn 38.

1 2 (b) n'2,n n 1 2 (d) ~' ,;2' n

In Newton'ssecond F = md (for constant mass m), ii is the acceleration of the mass.in with respect to .(a) any observer (b) any inertial observer (c) an observer at rest -only(d) an observer moving with uni~orrn speed only The work done in blowing a soap bubble of radius. 0.2 m, given that the surface tension of soap solution is 60 x 10-3 N/m, is (a) 241t x 10-4 J (b) 481t x 10-4 J (c) 961t xIO-4 J (d) 1921t x 10-4 J 50.
III

44.

III

The width .ofdepletion region in apn junction diode (a) increases when reverse bias is applied (b) increases when a forward bias is applied (c) decreases whena reverse bias is applied (d) remains the same irrespective of the bias voltage 45. The donor level in a semiconductor is placed (a) half-way in the forbidden energy gap (b) in the forbidden energy gap close to the Upper edge of the. valence band (c) in the conduction band close to the lower edge . of the conduction band (d) in the forbidden energy gap close to the lower edge of the conduction band , Which ofthe following frequencies will be suitable for beyond the. horizon communication using sky waves ? (b) 10 MHz (a) 10 KHz (d) 1000 GHz (c) 1 GHz 10 m (figure) is giv'en by 21tt

(a) I (c) III

39.

Water flows through a horizontal pipe from left to right. The diameter of its left and right end sections are 5.0 cm and 3.0 cm respectively. When the speed of the water flowing out is 15 mis, the speed of the water entering the pipe is (a) 3.24 mls (b) 5.40 rnls (c) 9.00 mls (d) none of the above The velocity of a 0.3 kg mass attached to the end of a spring is represented v = 1.60 s;n6.281 m/s. The potential energy of the system at t = 112 s will be equal to (Assume the minimum potential energy of the system equal- to zero) (a) 0.778 J . (b) 0.348 J (c) 0.192 J. (d) zero Two conducting spheres of radii 5.0 ern and 10.0 ern are given a charge of 15.0J.l.C each. After connecting the spheres by a copper wire, the charge on the smaller sphere. is equal to (a) 20.0 J.l.C (b) 5.0 J.l.C (e) 10.0 J.l.C (d) .none of the above The direction of the magnetic moment of individual atoms in a ferromagnetic crystal (a) is the same for. all atoms (b) is different for all atoms

An electric bu intensity of i surface on the 5 x 10-4 lume the point make to the surface. of the bulb is
(a) 40Jj (c) 20

46.

51. The volume of

mixture of 0.5 is (a) 84 litre (c) 22.1 litre 52.
Ground state ele

40.

41. The velocity of the bob on a pendulum of length

47.

be represented! (a) [Rn]5/Mi (c) [Rn]5/6dol 53. Hybridisation of mixing of orbita (a) s, Px' Py, P:, (c) dx2_y, S, P J 54. At 27C average helium gas can b . (a) 3741.30 J m (c) 1662.8 J mol

v=vo~sT
where "e 1.00 mls and T 1t . acceleration at I = - S IS
= =

21t s. The radial

48.

(MBBS - 172)

30 is, and rcan

.=

(c) is the same in a small region of the whole volume, comprising of may such small regions (d) does not.change on applying magnetic field 49. In a purely resistive AC circuit, which of the following sketches represents the variation of the current amplitude with the frequency .00 ?

55.

For a cubic geometry the limiting (a) 0.414 (b) 0.155 (c) >0.731 (d) 0.731

r:
r

is

bove
ssm), :spect erver only Idi\is soap

J.L
C!)~

'0

56.

t
57.

Which of the following relations is correct for the .reacion A2(g) + B2(;1) < >2AB(g) (a) KI' < s, (b) KI' = x, (c) KI' > {d) K/Kc < 0

s,

For the galvanic cell ZnIZn2+(O.1M)IICu2+(l.0 M)ICu the cell potential will increase if (a). [Zn2+] is increased (b) [Cu2+] ias increased (c) [Cu2+] is decreased (d) surface area of anode is increased

-.

58.
III

(a) [ (c) III 50.

[V

(b) II
(d) IV

i Ieft end hen the

An electric bulb illuminates a plane surface. The intensity of illumination (illuminance) on the surface on the surface 2 m away from the bulb is 5 x 10-4 lurnen/cm/. The line joining the bulb to the point makes an angle of 60 with the normal to the surface. The luminous intensity (in candela) of the bulb is (a) 40.Jj (c) 20 (b) 40 (d) 40 x 10-4

The volume of oxyger: gas passing a current of 9650 acidified water is (a) 1.12 litre (b) (\.:) 11.2 litre (d)

liberated at NTP by Coulombs through

2.24 litre 22.4 litre.

59.

For a chemical reaction '1/2 is 2.5 hours at room temperature. How much of the reactant will be left after 7.5 hours if initial 'weight of reactant was 160 g? (it) 10 g (b) 40 g (c) 80 s (d) 20 g Which' ofthe product will be formed by the reaction H2C=CH2 AlkalineKMn04 cold ~ X (b) Ethanoic acid (d) Oxalic acid

/' 60.

The volume of CO2 formed at STP on burning a mixture of 0.5 mol of methane and 24 g of oxygen' is (a) 84 litre (b) 8.4 litre (c) 22.1 litre (d) 0.84 litre Ground state electronic configuration of 90Th can be represented as (a) [Rn]5f16d17s2 (b) [Rn]5fo6d27s2 (c) [Rn]5f26d07s2 (d) None of correct Hybridisation of central atom in PFs involyes the mixing of orbitals (d) s, Px; PY' Pz' d.T27Y 54. At 27C average kinetic energy of one mole of helium gas can be given . (a) 3741.30 J mor" (b) 374.13 J mol"! (c) 1662.8 J mol'" (d) 166.28 J mol"! (a) s, PX' PY' Pz' dz-~ (c) dX2_);2, s, PX' PY' Pz.
(b) dz2, s~PX' PY' p,

I
61.

(a) Ethanol (c) Ethylene glycol

Two alkenes, A (95% yield) and, B (5% yield) are CH3 :.u I formed when HO-(CH))l\' - CH - CH:/:H2CH} is heated. The compounds A and Bare (a) H3CCH2CH2CH=CH2 and (b) H3CCH=CHCH2CH3 CH, (c) H3CCH=CHCH2CH3 and H3CCH2CH2CH=CH2 CH3 and CH3CH=CHCH2CH3 and CH _ I 3 CH 3 - C = CH - CH J

I .

ual

H3C - C=CH-

(d,) CH,CH=CHCH,CH, J ~

(MBBS -

73)

62.

The reaction of aldehyde of HCI gas yields (3) ester (c) aldol

with alcohol in presence called acid written?

"9.

Which of the metal is extracted process? (a) Al (c) Ni (b) Cu

by Hall-Heroult

79.

Whi disp cone

compound

(b) hemiacetal
(d) carboxylic is correctly

(d) Zn
is the strength in terms of 20 volume hydrogen

(a) F (c) (

63.

Which one of the following

(a)

&
OH
I

70.

What

peroxide (a) 6.07

of g/litre

? 80. Unli not fo (a) er (b) ca

(c) it (d) c 81. The el

(b) 60.7

+ Br,>"I'" --. CHJ

Br~Br

y
Br OH OBr

(c)

30.35

(d) 90.05
does not react with Fehling (b) acetaldehyde (d) glucose increasing XeF2 order of lone pair

CH3

71.

Which of the following solution? (a) formic (c) acid

(b)

~ ~CH3 Oll

+ Br2 water-+

(01

Q
OH

QCH B'
2
.

benzophenone

72.

Which is the correct of electrons (a) (b) IF7

on the central IFs < CIF3<

atom ?

reaetiol

+ B" wale,-.
CH) .

<

IF7 < XeF2 < CIF3 < IFs IF7 < CIF3 < XeF2 < 1Fs IF7 < XeF2 < 1Fs < CIF3 the spin only magnetic number 27) (b) 3.87 (d) 5.92 has six electrons in moment of M"+ (b) ~ (a) ~

CH 3 73.

(c) (d)

Calculate (a) 2~84

(c)

(d) . ~

+ Br2 water-+ CH
3

ion (atomic

4.90

64.

The . number of ions triamminetrichlorochromium(II1) water

formed when is dissolved in

74.

Which one of the following the d-orbital Cr (c) Fe3+

(a)

? (b) Mn2+
(d) Co.l+ (d) Hp

(a) 2 (c) J 65.

The ozone depletion by

(b) 3 (d) none of these in. the stratosphere is caused

,I "

75.

Which of the following will have sp3

(a)

cP hybridisation

? 82.
Equivalen (Mol. WI. (a) 31.5 (c) 79.0

s-r,
XeF6 following

(b) PCls (d) SF6 oxidation

(a) CI (c) 02 66.

The most effective of (c)
AS2S3

(b) NO (d) H2
electrolyte (b) for the coagulation

(c) 76.

Which ofthe number? (a) Mn02

has the highest (b) Mn203 (d) K2Mn04

83.

The numb ion is (a) 1.6 x (b) 2.6 x (c) 2.4 x (d) 4.2 x

sol is Ba(N03)2 (d) AICI3 77.

(a) NaCI K3[Fe(CN)6J

(c) KMn04 Which of the following energy currency (a) ATP

(c)

is known as the universal

67.

The reaction in the presence pressure

of hydrogen. with carbon monoxide of a catalyst at 700 K and 200 atm (b) CHpH (d) CH3COOH following reactions represents

produces

DNA

of the cell ? (b) AMP

8 e-~
I

(d) RNA 84.

by case chiral carbon is not generated OHO (b)~~

In

(a) H20
(c) 68. CiHsOH of the Which

78.

In which reaction
(a)~~

pol-

iOJ

with HCN ?

o o
(~).~ Ph

atom and P(a) -1.0,-1' (c) - 0.75,

calcination ? (a) 2Ag + .2HCI. (b) 2Zn + 02 (c) 2ZnS

4

[0] 4 2AgCI + 2S02

H20

2ZnO

302 -+ 2ZnO
4

(d)

~Ph OH

85.

The correct of CO, CO2 (a)

cOj-

<

(d) MgC03

MgO

CO2

(c) CO> 0

(MBBS - 174)

.eroult

79.

Which of the following undergoes disproportionation reaction on treatment with concentrated alkali ? (a) H3CCH2CHO (b) (CH3)2CHCHO (d) (CH3hCCHO

86.

The species not containing peroxide ions is (a) H202 (b) PbO (c) Sr02 (d) Ba0 2 Fries rearrangement is widely used in the synthesis of (a) allyl phenol (c) phenolic ketones (b) aryl acetates (d) biphenols

rogen

(c) CH) - 9H - CHO

C/iHS

87.

1'.' 7

80. ehling

Unlike the other elements of its group carbon does not form CX2 type molecules because (a) energetically this is not possible (b) carbon undergoes catenation (c) it is non-metallic (d) carbon does not contain d-orbital The example reaction is of an electrophilic substitution

88.

The main product of the reaction is

0r

C=C - R

Na. NH3(/) R'OH

~ Product

ie pair

C=C-R (a) o-

(b)
H

o-CH2CH2R

81.

(0)
(.)

0
II

H ,,/'

-'-.C'R (d)

0
I -C-ONHI
R

H ,,/'

R =C'H

3S0C. 300 atm

H"IH?O

of

M3+

(b)o-0H

+ ";'Ni

-0'NuH) -

89. SOiNa+-SOiNa'"

Which of the following represents a peptide bond?

(a) -C- NH(c) R - C=NH, 90.

(b),

Na+o--0-N=N-0rons in (c) H2C=CH -CH)

IIBr
peroxide)

(d)

-N-;:T""'
R

0-

'~

(d)

H2C=CH -

g,_ CH-

Br2 - CH2 - CH2 - CH)

1

II
- C - CH 3

isation? 82. xidation 83. miversal

NuCH2

CH2

Glycerol contains (a) three primary alcoholic groups (b) three secondary alcoholic groups (c) one primary and two secondary groups (d) two primary and one secondary groups

alcoholic alcoholic

Equivalent weight of KMnO. in basic medium is (Mol. wt. of KMn04 = "58) (a) 31.5 (b) 52.67 (c) 79.0 (d) )58.0 The number of valence electrons in 4.2 g of N3ion is (a) 1.6 x Avogadro's number (b) 2.6 x Avogadro's number (c) 2.4 x Avogadro's number (d) 4.2 x Avogadro's number In P01- ion, the' formal charge on each oxygen atom and P-O bond order respectively are (a) -1.0,+0.75 (b) -0.75,+1.25 (c) -0.75, +1.0 (d) -0.75, +0.75 The Correct order of increasing C-O bond length of CO, CO2 and CO;- is (a) CO;- < CO < CO2 (b) CO;- > CO > CO 2 (c) CO > CO2> CO;- (d)' CO <C0 < coj2

91.

Bond energies of N=N, N-H and H-H are 945, 391 and 436 kJ mol"! respectively: The enthalpy' of r-eaction for r N2 + 3H2~2NH3 (a) 105 (c) .,..90 is given by (b) 102 (d) -93

92.

Which will form geometrical isomers ? (a) QBr Bf (b) H3CCH2CH=NOH (c) 02NCH2CH=CHGH3 (d) all the above

ted by

84.

)~
85. Ph

93.

What is the norma"lity of98% H2S0 if its density 4 is 1.8 ? (a) 36 N (c) 3.5 N (b) 18 N (d) 1.8 N

(MBBS - 175)

94.

Which one of the following is antimalarial drug? . (a) Phenol (b) DDT (c) Paludrine (d) DDE The is (a) (b) (c) (d) lUPAC name of the complex Hg[(Co(SCN)4] mercury tetrathiocyanatocobaltate(II) mercury cobalttetrasulphocyano(II) mercury tetr'asulphocyanidecobalt(II) tetrasulphocyanatacoblat mercurate(II) Fe2+

103. An example of free living nitrogen fixing bacterium is : (a) Acetobacter (b) Azotobacter Rhizobium (d) Micrococcus
I 04. Th~ape

(b)

(c) (d) 114. The packaging org (a) mitochondria (c) chloroplast

95.

u4
(c)

rod spiral

of cocci bacterium is : (b) round (d) comma

105. Sucking roots are known ~: (a) pneumatophoresf\.{6) haustoria (c) buttress ' (d) stilt 106. The generic name of the plant with cladodes which appear from the axil of each scale leaf as two little bundles' of green needles is : (a) Euphorbia (b) Asparagus (c) Agave (d) . Ruscus 107. 'Utricularia, an insectivorous plant is also known as : , (a) bladder wort (b) pitcher plant ~ sundew (d). none of these 108. Bamboo or grass stem elongates by the activity of: (a) primary meristem (b) apical meristem . ~condary meristern (d) internal meristem 109. Grafting experiments 'are not possible in monocotyledonous plants because they ; (a) have conjoint vascular bundles (b). have Jess number of vascular bundles (c) have scattered vascular bundles (d) lack cambium cells in the vascular bundles 110. The selective permeability of the plasma membrane .. allows the cell to maintain a constant internal onment :This has been termed as: nv' (a) homostasis . (b) homeostasis homostasis (d) homeoJysis

115. Chromosome dup refers to: (a) meiosis (~ androgenesis

96.

Which of the solutions of ion will be most stable? (a) FeS04 in alcohol (b) Ferrous ammonium sulphate in methanol (c) FeS04 in water (d) FeS04 in dilute H2S04 What is incorrect about homoleptic metal carbonyls? (a) M~ a-bond is formed by donation of lone pair' of electrons from CO (b) M~ n-bond is formed by back donation of electrons from filled d-orbital of metals to vacant p-orbitals of carbon (c) 'M~O bonding produces synergic effect (d) Metal carbonyls contain only a-bond C2HsOC2Hs' absorbs oxygen to form (a) acetic acid (b) ether suboxide (c) .ether peroxide (d) .ethyl alcohol

116. Essential elements (a) soil water and at (d) soil, waterall

if

117. In Hatch and Sia Calvin cycle OCCUI (a) mesophyllce (c) bundle sheatl

97.

118. To avoid excessive stress, the closure production of: (a) IAA (c) ABA

119. The deficiencydise

is caused by the d1 (a) boron (c) manganese

98,

99. . Which of the following is the repeating unit of PTFE? (a) F2C=CF2 (b) CI2CH - CH2 (c) F3C - CF2 (d) FCIC=CF2 1.00. How many sigma bonds are there in,P40Io?(a) 4 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) !6 101. Penicillium an important antibiotic producer belongs to kingdom fungi and class: (a) . zygomycetes (b) ascomycetes '(c) 'basidiomycetes , (d~uteromycetes 102. The casual organism ~thomonas phaseo!i responsible for: (a) wilt of tobacco (b) blight of beans (c) citrus canker (d) scab of potato is

fl

120. During the photophosphoryla electron to P'00 is : (a) Cytf (c) Fd 121. The potent weedI ~ gibberellin (c) abscisic acid

111. Chiasmata are formed during meiosis: (a) before metaphase I after metaphase I during prophase II (d) during metaphase II

. ~by
J)

.122. Chlorophyll conta (a) copper w-Cobalt and Sl (d) magnesium a

112. The storage tanks of the cells are: (a) Iysosomes (b) ribosomes (c) vacuoles (d) ail of these 113. Endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi complex, Iysosomes and vacuoles are part of endomembrane system b~. ' ~) their functions are coordinated

123. Th~otropic resj .~ cytokinins (c) phytochroine

] 24. The lowest waterI (a) leaves (c) root hair 125. An example of mic (a) calcium (c) zinc

(MBBS - 176)

lingbacterium acter occus

(b) (c) (d)

they are membranous their functions are similar all the above

126.tr;n c)

114. The packaging organelle ofJh~ cell is : (a) mitochondrion . (bf ribosome (c) chloroplast ,(d) golgi body 1'15. Chromosome duplication without nuclear division refers to: (a) meiosis (b) mitosis (~ androgenesis (d) endomi~osis .
116. Essential elements of plants are obtained from.

ample of the monoecious plant is: coconut ,(b) papaya date palm (d) none of these

,'.

127. Male gamete transfer occ~through water in: , (a) algae ~) bryophytes (c) .pteridophytes (d) .all of these 128. The tetrasporic embryo sac is found in : (a) Polygonum (b) Allium (c) Endymion (d) Drusa 129. The sequence of development of embryo sac is : (a) arches pori urn -+' megaspore -+ megasporangium -+ embryo sac (b) archesporium -+ megaspore -+ 'megaspore mother cell-+ embryo sac (c) archesporium -+ megaspore mother cell megaspore -+ embryo sac (d) megaspore mother cell ~ archesporium megaspore -+ embryo sac 130. Genetic maps of chromosome are based on : (a)' non disjunction (b). translocation (c) dominance ~ genetic recombination 131. Th~est cross is crossing .between.: -.(,if genotypes with dominant trait ,b) genotypes with recessive trait (c) F, hybrids with double recessive (d) two F, hybrids 132. The diploid endosperm is found in .: (a) 'Fepromia \ (b) Solanum (f)/Trilicum . (d) Oenothera 133. Mendel did not obser ve linkage due to : ' (a) mutation (b) synapsis ~ crossing over . (d) independent assortment 134, A cross involving parents differing only in one trait ~~): haploid (c) monohybrid ~~I()i . (d) dihybrid
r-

tia adodes which ef as two little

(a) ~ (d)

soil (b) soil and water water and atmosphere soil, water and atmosphere

is also known plant fthese e activity of:

117. lit Hatch and Slack pathway of photosysthesis, Calvin cycle occurs in :' (a) me sophy II cells palisade cells (c) bundle sheath (d). vascular tissues

118. To avoid excessive waterloss during severe drought stress, the closure of stomata is signalled by the production of: (a) IAA ~NAA (c) ABA (d) IBA 119. The deficiency disease, 'dieback of shoots' of plants is caused by the deficiency of: (a) boron ~c (c) manganese (d) copper 120. During the operation of non-cyclic photophosphorylation, the immediate source of electron to P700 is : (a) Cytf (b)' PC (c) Fd (d) PQ 121. The potent weed killer IS : ~ gibberellin (by 2,4-D (c) abscisic acid (d) ethylene ,122. Chlorophyll contains: (a) copper (b) iron ~balt and sulphur (d) magnesium and nitrogen 123. Th~otropic response of roots is mediated by : .~ cytokinins (b) auxins (c) phytochrome (d) light stimulus 124. The lowest water potential isJound in : (a) leaves ~Iem (c) root hair (d) phloem 125. An example of micronutrient is : (a) calcium ~~YOtassium (c) zinc sulphur

l&fj

possible ey ; undies lar bundles

in

mamembrane stant internal as: tasis ysis s:

es ese ex, Iysosomes brane system

135. Heterozyous tall (Tt) is crossed with homozygous tall (IT), the percentage of heterozygous tall in the progeny would be : (a) 25 (b) 50 (c) 75 (d) 100 136. If an egg cell in aposporic embryo sac is diploid, it develops directly into diploid embryo without fertilization. This process is called:

,/>

(MBBS - 177)

(a) (c)

parthenocarpy geitonogamy

(b) (d).

parthenogenesis adventive on: on same loci loci on different loci at different ernbryony

148. Oxidesof
(a) (b) (c) (d)

nitrogen and fluorides reduction' in crop yield chlorosis and necrosis and shedding

are responsible

for

158. Whichamongtl
(a) (c) UUU AUG

137. Two allelic genes are located (a) (b) two homologous two homologous the same chromosome two non homologous hybridization

of petals

chromosomes chromosomes

curling and discolouration yellowing

of petals
ofleaves of large

159. Pick the odd pa

(a) (b) (c) .(d) porifera:
l

(c)
(d)

149. Algal. bloom results

amounts (a) (c) (d) of: inwater nutrients particulate

from the presence

chromosomes

scyphozoa nematoda cestoda: p

138. So~tic

refers to : with the polar nuclei with the antipodals of the

(b)

CO2 in water

Jp1
(b) (c) (d)

fusion of male gamete with the egg cell fusion of male gamete fusion of protoplasts fusion of male gamete are formed

O; ih water
matter in water cycle may be : (b) sedimentary and sedimentary

150. Thebiogeochemical
(a) ~ (d) .gaseous gaseous

160. If the respirato tidal volume I gj min and tidal vo (a). pulmonary
(b) (c), occupying alveolar ve pulmonary

139. Mycorrhizae
genus:

by many members

none of the above

'of one genus habitats are known as species

(a) (c)

Rhizobium Glomus'

(b) Azotobacter (d) Azospirillum

of leguminous plants,

1St. Two or' more' .species overlapping (ayUopatric

'B' . (d) . alveolar vel 161. Thrombin via: (a) anti thromb protein C plasmin indire

140. In nodules
nitrogen

on the roots is fixed by (d)

vf!f> . sibling
(c )' (d) none of the above

(a)
.(c)

Rhizobium Azotobacter

...J)!I(Azospirillum

species sympatric.species . whichhave : rates rates rates rates

super species

(b) (c) (d)

i41. The food poisoning is caused by (a) E. coli (b) Salmonella typhii Clostridium botulinum (d) Bacillus megatherium

152. Colonizers
(a) (b) (c) (d)

are organisms

.,J;(

small bodies and high reproductive large bodies and high reproductive small bodies and low reproductive large bodies and low reproductive neurons

tissue facto]
primary st sequence
0

162. Upon denaturatio

(a) (c) (d)

142. The polymerase

chain reaction (PCR) technology was discovered by : / (a) Karry Mullis ~ Saiki et al Craig Venter (d) Maxam and Gilbert unit of gene is : (b) (d) muton exon

153. In the retina, bipolar (a) (c) (d) (b) . ganglionic

synapse with cells cells cells cells

three dimens

sensory cells and amacrine sensory cells and ganglionic sensory cells and pigment

(c)

cells and amacrine

163. The so called tel vivax refers to the

~re-erythro (b) exo-erythroq (c) (d) erythrocytic sexual phase

143. The functional

(ay cistron recon

'-.JIJ

144. A vector' for cloning genes i'l1 plants is : (a) Rhizobium (bJ Agrobacterium (c) Pseudomonas ~) Azotobacter 145. The enzyme used to join DJ"A fragments is called: (a) DNA ligase v(6) DNA polymerase'
(c) endonuclease (d) none of these

J54. Therred form of sugar in animals is a .J;I?{ homopolysaccharide ' (b) heteropolysaccharide (c) oligosaccharide (d) disaccharide 155. This is not a true fish:
a) (c) h g fish flying fish (b) (d) dog fish goose fish'

164. Parathorrnone rec (a) osteoprogenito (c) (a) osteoblasts

165. This drug produce

cocaine. hashish
i

146. A plasmid is :
. (a) /genetic ~ (c) (d) material of a virus DNA in a bacterial cell extrachromosomal smallest bacterium

156.~ erve gas, developed

neuromuscular (a) (b) (d)

for biological warfare, affects activity by :

(c)

166. The ancestral .... (a) (c)

1st 4th

blocking acetylcholine receptor sites inhibiting the release of acetylcholine the release of acetylcholine acetylcholine esterase inhibiting

systemic arch of rr

Lactobacillus
like pond, rooted are': "

(c) . enhancing

147. In a fresh water environment

autotrophs (a)

167. In recombinant refers to: (a)~en~meth ~

OJ

157. Natural selection favours the leaf butterfly because

it shows: (a) (c) (d) countershading mullerian mimicry protective (b) batesian mimicry

Nymphaea and Typha (b) . Ceratophyllum and Utricularia \iPf Wolffia and Pistia (d) Azolla and Lemna

(c)
(d)

the stigc end ' a RFLP rnarke a plasmid that

resemblance

(MBBS - ]78)

msible for

158. Which among the.following is~al purpose codon: (a) UUU ~UAG ~) AUG ~) UGA 159. Pick (a) (b) (c) (d) the odd pair: porifera: spicules scypbozoa: coral reef nematoda: pseudocoelomate cestoda: proglottid

168. Natural cell death is known as : (a) necrosis (b) pyknosis (c) autolysis ~apoptosis 169. Muramidase is a bacteriolytic enzyme present in the' secretions of: ~Iacrimal gland (b) sweat glands (c) sebaceous' glands (d) circuminous glands 170. The lateral hearts of the earthworm connect the: (a)~orsal vessel with sub neural vessel . ~ dorsal vessel with supra-oesophageal vessel (c) ventral vessel to sub neural vessel (d) dorsal vessel to the ventral vessel 171: Multilocular adipose tissue differs from unilocular adipose tissue in that it : (a) has fewer blood vessels (b) has greater number of mitochondria ~ndergoes lipolysis under influence of epinephrine . (d) has cells that are not electrically coupled 172. This excretory product gives fishes their distinctive smell : $ammonia' (b) allantoic acid' (c) trimethylamine oxide (d) hippuric acid 173. Any damage to the p!!frontallobes of cerebrum wi II predominantly affect: (a) . personality (b) posture
I

, of large er

. 160. If the respiratory rate of' A'is ~5 breaths/rnin and tidal volume 185cc/ breath and of'8' is 25 breathsl min and tidal volume 259ccl breath" then: (a) pulmonary ventilation of 'A' and '8' is same (b) alveolar ventilation of' A' and' 8' is same (c) pu Imonary ventilat ion of 'A' is greater than icupying
'B'

(d) . alveolar ventilation of' A' is greater than '8': 161. Thrombin indirectly deactivates factor VIII and V via: (a) anti thrombin III (b) protein C (c) plasmin (d) tissue factor pathway inhibitor 162. Upon denaturation a protein loses its: (a) primary structure peptide bonds (c) sequence of amino acids (d). three dimensional shape 163. The so called tertian .periodicity of Plasmodium vivox refers to the: ~re-erythrocytic phase (b) exo-erythrocytic phase (c) erythrocytic phase (d) sexual phase 164. Parathormone receptors occur on : (a) osteoprogenitorcells (b) osteocytes (c) osteoblasts (d) osteoclasts 165. This drug produces hallucinati (a) cocaine. heroin (c) hashish (d) marijuana 166. The ancestral .... aortic arch is represented by the systemic arch of mammals: (a) 1st (b) 2nd (c) 4th (d) 6th

rates ates ates ites

J>Y
(c)

speech

(d)

hearing

174. The trophoblast cells of the blastocyst give rise to : . (a) . chorion (b) am-non allantois ~YOlk sac 175. In the ascending limb of the loop of Henle the maximum osmotic difference that can be created by the Na-K pump is approximately: (a) 100 m Osmol/1 (b) 200 m Osmol/} JjI{ 3.00 m Osmol/I (d) 400 m OsmoJII 176. In the Mesozoic era the correct sequence of the periods, beginning with the earliest, will be : (a) triassic, jurassic, cretace69s (b) jurassic, cretaceous, triassic .5Y cretaceous, triassic, jurassic (d) cretaceous, jurassic, triassic

e, affects

e because
ry

167. In recombinant DNA technology the term ~ refers to: (a) ~ enzyme that cuts DNA into fragments 177: !7joi~t~ be.t~een~e ~ the stic]; end oJ a DNA fragmene-' gliding joints= (c) a RFLP marker (c), saddle joints (d) a plasmid that transfers DNA into a living cell

~!

Gar al ~one~ are: (b) hinge Joints (d) pivot"{;'ints

(MBBS - 179)

<y'lyP(
178. Which of these sets of characteristics would best specify an eosinophil : (a) in blood stream, survive for 9-10 days (b) 1-2 days in blood, then to tissues, survive for many months . (c) (d) 8 hours in blood, then to tissues, survive for a few months 6-12 hours in blood, then to tissues, survive for 8- 12 days
J 86. I cc -of blood contains

(a) (c)

I mg O.OI-mg

Ca : (b) 0.1 mg (d) 0.001 mg

bod

(b)
(c) (d)

tyP!
whi

187. Which is incorrect.: , (a) aneup{ojdy Iscaused by non-disjunction (b) polypioit(yJscaused by non-disjunction (c) (d) triploidy is a result of double fertilization triploidycan be caused by fertilization of a diploid egg 188. JgG antibodies against self proteins: (a) occur only in patients with tumours (b) are only produced in the spleen (~~/~n cross the place~ta '

type redt type due

179. Cleavage in frog is : (a) spiral, determinate; meroblastic (b) radial, indeterminate, holoblastic (c) radial, determinate, holoblastic (d) spiral, indeterminate, holoblastic 180. The peritrophic membrane in the cockroach arises from (a cardia c) intestinal wall 181. A competitive (a) increases (b) decreases (c) increases (d)- decreases (b) enteric cecae _(d) gi~d

196. T Iymph is brough (a) thyn (c) thyn (d) thyn

, Jj! are more common m men

197. This is th cell :

(a) (c) mica

enzyme inhibitor: Km without affecting V:"" Km without affecting V,na x V"''' without affecting K", both Vm", and x,

189. On the ECG recording the maximum ventricular pr,..,ure would be : \.Jli5 at QRS complex (b) at T wave_ (c) between QRS complex and Twave (d) between P and QRS complex 190. This bile product is not used in the solubilization of fats : (a) bile salts (c) lecithin (b),/C~ole~terol

ton a

o I (b)
13(d)
,25(c)

02

14( 26( 38( 50( 62(( 86( 98(

'\.kd'5 bile pigments

137(<1) 49(a)
61(b)

182. Which of the following sets of features will best _characterise a zonula adherens : (a) inner cell membranes fused, intercellular spaces scaled (b) itercellular space 1520 11m, cytoplasm dense,
microfilaments

191. In a normal healthy person at rest, the percentage of blood in pulmonary circulation is : (a) 7% (b)/12% (c) 20% ~ 40.% 192. Which of these is not a ccli of the macrophage system? (a) Kupffer 's ce}1 (by osteqclasts (c) Langerhans cells.u> astrocyte 193. The most n~merous sensory structures at the finger iPS re: (Pacinian corpuscle b) Meissner's corpuscle ~ (c) end b~lb or Krause (d) organ of Golgi 194. In human beings the second meiotic division in the ovum- occurs: (a) after fertilization ~} ~~after ovulation after implantation (d) immediately before ovulation

73( b) S5(d) 97(b)

121 (a)

74(1

(c) (d)

intercellular space 20-24 nm, cytoplasmic plaques, tonofilaments intercellular space 2-4 nrn, connexous

109(a) 110 133(l:)

122

183. This opening connects the IVth ventricle ofthe brain to the outside: (a) foramen of Monro (b)' foramen Magendie (c) foramen ovale (d) foramen magnum 184. The combined effect of high concentrations of estrogen and progesterone combined on the hypothalamic pituitary pathway is the same as : (a) low concentration of-estrogen (b) high concentration ofestrogen (c) low concentration of progesterone (d) high concentration of progesterone -185.The uniform protoplasmic extensions on the intestinal epithelium is known as : (a) -brush border ~~)~riated border (c) _ cilia ~ villi

134

145(b) 146 157(b) 158 169(a) 170 181(b) 182 193(a) 194

t 95. Type] and Type II diabetes differ fromone another in that:

(MBBS - 180)

nction nction ilization ization of a

o/'tYj)e I reduce body weight and type II increases 198. Sex .body weight (a) (b) type I does not produce diabetic ketoacidosis " (b) while type II produces it ~ (d) (c) type I increases body weight and type ir . reduces body weight (d) type I is due to insulin resistance and type II due to lack of insulin 196.T lymphocyte differentiation and clonal expansion is brought about by : (a) thymotaxin (b) thymosin (c) thymic humoral factor (d) thymopoietin

chromatin is ,: ' euchromatin, heterochromatin facultative heterochromatin constitutive.heterochromatin the

199. In the foetus the blood vessel connecting pulmonary artery to the aorta is the ductus : (a) caroticus (b)' thoracicus (c) venosus (d) botalli

rs

ventricular

200. If a person wears specially designed spectacles that produce an upright image on the retina then he will: . (a) see everything upside down (b) see everything upright (c) initially see everything upside down but regain 197.This is the smalle3t cytWffileton stmcture of the ' normal vision after a few days cell : ;::::: ~tially see eve?,thing ~pr.ight but after a few (a) microtubules (b) microfilamcnts days see everything upside down , (c) , tonofilaments ' ~ glial filaments

r ANSWERS
01(b) 13(d) l25(c) 13 7( a) 49(a) 61(b) 73(b)
crophage

2008-2009 07(a) 19(d) ll(e) ::l3(a) 55(a) 67(d) 7<J(b) 91(a) I03(e) 115(e) I27(b) 139(d)

1
09(d) 21 (b) 10(b) 22(d) I I (a) 23(b) 35(b) 47(a) 59(b) 71(b) 83(b) 95(a) I07(e) II 9(b) 131(a) 143(c) 155(e) 167(b) 179(d) 19 1(d) 12(e) 24(d) 36(b) 48(b) 60(a) n(e) 84(b) 96(b) 108(e) 120(a) 132(e) I44(d) 156(b) 168(d) 180(;) 192(d)

02(b) , 03(b) 14(d) 26(a) 38(e) 50(e) 62(d) 74(a) 86(b) 15(d) 27(b) 39(e) 51 (c) 63(e) 'i5(a) 87(b) 111(e) 123(a) 135(d) 147(e) I59(d) 171(e) 183(e) 195(a)

04(b) 16(d) 28(d) 40(a) 52(a) 64(e) 76(a) 88(e)

05(b) nee) 29(e) 41(e) 53(b) 65(e) 77(a) 89(a)

06(b) 18(e) 30(d) 42(a) 54(a) 66(e) 78(e) 90(d) 114(b) 126(a) 138(a) 150(b) 162(b) 174(d) 186(b) 198(e)

08(a) 20(d)' 32(d) 44(b). 68(d) 80(d) 92(e) 104(a) 116(e) 128(d) 140(b)

33(d) , 34(e) 45(a) , 46(b) 69(a} 81(a) 93(b) I03) 117(b) 129(d) 141(e) 153(b) 165(b) 177(a) 189(a) 58(e) , 70(d) 82(b) 94(a) I06(b) II8(b) 130(d) 142(b) 154(a) 166(d) 178(a) 190(d)

56(d) , 57(b)

85(d) 97(b)

98(e) " 99(e)

100(a) IO~I02(b) 112(b) 113(~ 124(b) 125(d) 136(b) 137(~) 148(a) 149(e} 160(e) 161(a) I72(a)-173(e) 184(b) 185(d) 196(e) 197(d)

e finger

109(a) 110(a) 121 (a) I 22(e) 133(c) 134(b) 145(b) I46(b) 157(b) 158(b) 169(a} 170(b) 181(b) 182(b) 193(a) I94(e)

ninthe

151(b) 152(b) 163(a) 164(d) 175(e) 176(e) 187(e) 188(d) 199(a) 200(d)

other

(MBBS - 181)

M.B.B.S,AMU Admission Test (Series D) Physics', Chemistry, Biology Set 2009-2010

I. It is estimated photosynithetic (a))J;ees that about 85% of the earth's activity is carried out by: (b) savannas (d) herbaceous plants 9. Secretin: (a) stimulates enzyme secretion by pancreas, inhibits acid secretion in stomach, ' / Jb) stimulates gall bladder stimulates bicarbonate secretion by pancreas. inhibits acid secretion in stomach, stimulates bicarbonate ,se,c,etion by liver r ~ (c) stimulates acid sec 't in stomach, potentiates acti(')~o CCK, inhibits intestinal moverf!t~ (d) stimulate, s~..j_tj?adder, inhibits acid secret,~",' \~ stomach, stimulates bica~~~ecretion by pancreas ro. re~i:ye a~.
,

16. The most co clinical dia~ (a) amylase (c) y GTPase 17. ObesJ!y offal females is ch (a) Gravesd (c) Conn's di 18. In the sigl~ I asymptote re (a) establishn (b) positive ~ (c) negative a ~uilibrill

.J4 phytoplanktons

2'. The 32 cell stage of the human embryo is : (a) smaller than the fertilized egg. /L./ . f .. V!1) same size as the ertilized egg. . . . . (c) two times the size of the fertilized egg. (d) four times the size of the fertilizer egg. 3. One common secretion of the sa~ivary and Bru~ner's glands t~at ~Iays role In growth, repair and regeneration is/' (a) enterogastrone ,(c) neurotensin 4. Lack of pulmonary (a) asthma

19. In human beu

stereoscopic ~nd

(91' urogastrone
, (d) somatostatin surfactant produces: (b) emphysema

series

of changs / ~
-::

in plant and

), 'fe of an area from initial colonization n as: evolution succession (d) selection .

"'-.r

20.

i~)f~!~~~
(a) granulosa ~ranulosa (c) granulosa (d) granulosa

(c) Cystic'fibrosis~spiratOrydistresssyndro,,,.

'c) specialisatio~.

5. W~ich of these sets is incorrect? ~ Plasmodiumfalciparum, malaria, ~se, mosquito ~"V

(b) Trypanosoma (c) Wuchereria' microfilariae

~ :\ I. Phyenylketonuria
disorder (a) 17

rs an autosom.al recessive (d) II

located on chromosome. (b) 16 .(9'12 is caused by:

gambiens~J~ina,

12: The Paget's disease (b) abnormal asteoclasts bone

21. In normal hea of adult and HbF is: ~:2:2 (c) 50: 45 : 5' 22. This class of, imrnunoglob

sleeping, sickness, winte~pl~'s sign bancro.flh~~phamtiasis,

mosqt(1tWY' dysentry, colon of a graded potential? is always the same by a refractory .period transplants is

(a) prolonged deficiency

of vitamin D in adults by abnormal

resorption phosphatase

(d) Entamoeba quadrinucleat~~ 6. ~ Which is aA~~istic (a) the am)~t the duration varies (c) always followed

Wtf

excess alkaline

(d) excess production and organization of collagen 13. Colostrum provide the infant with: (a) auto immunity .(c) active immunity
14. This is not a Darwinian

abnormal

(a) IgG 23. One of tlr complete ho 'Lucy' belong (a) Oreopithe (c) Pithecont 24. The protein p (a) hgJoenzy 25. An associatio populations, where neither (a) commensa

re6)

pasive immunity

(d) innate immunity cocept:

(d) is an all or none response 7. Rejection of tissue or organ br~ght about mainly by: .

(a) varuations (b) struggle for existence (c) ~re , {9Ysurvival selection ./ system, sperms are of the fittest'

vW

Cytotoxic

T cells

(b) N K cells, vein in frog is formed (b~iatic veins veins

[MBBS-\82]

(c) Suppressor

T cells (d) B cells

8. The anterior abdominal by the union of: (a) femoral veins (c) renal veins

15. In the male reproductive concentrated in the: (a) rete testis (c) vas deferens ~

epididymis

.p> pelvic

(d) seminal vesicle

(c) proto-coop

16. The most commonly used marker enzyme cI inical diagnosis of prostrate cancer is: (a) amylase (c) y GTPase ~ (b) alkaline phosphatase acid phosphatase

in

26. Upon stimulation of skeletal muscles calcium is immediately made available for binding to troponin from: (a) blood ~sarcoplasmic 27. B~mines (a) Tryptophan ~yrosine 28. A siderocyte ~ Pappenheimer reticulum (b) lymph (d) bone from: acid are synthesized

1'.;
7

17: Obesity of face, hxoerglycemia females is characteristic of: ( pancreas, stomach, retion by n stomach, I by liver stomach, , inhibits ibits acid timulates (a) Graves' disease (c) Conn's disease

and virilism in disease disease upper

(b) Addison's Ud)Cushing's

(b) Glutamic is an RBC containing: bodies

(d) Phenylalanine

18.ln the sigmoid growth curve the asymptote represents the period of: (a) establishment ,---; (b) positive acceleration (c) negative ~uilibrium acceleration'

(b) Russel bodies' (c) Herring bodies (d) Schuffner's dots 29. Which of the fol{o-wing_sets is most <?,oi:rect for the catabolism of an 18 carbon fatty acid? (a) rnitoc ondria, molecules (b)

19. In human beings the total visual field and the stereoscopic visual field respectively is: ~nd 1400
.

as
plant and lionization

(b) 1400 and 260 (d)' 1400 and 520 inhibin is secreted by:

beta-oxidation,

140 ATP

(c) 1800 and 260 20. In females the hormone (a) granulosa ~ranulosa (c) granulosa

ytosol, beta oxidation,

146 ATP molecules 146 ATP

n
recessive ) II ~in adults abnormal

and theca cells cells and corpus luteum and cumulus oophorus and zona pellucida cells

mi ochondria,
molecules

beta oxidation,

(d) cytosol, beta oxidation,

140ATPmoiecuies

(d) granulosa.cells

21. In normal healthy individuals the percentage of adult and fetal haemoglobin, Hb f A2: HbF is:

30. Neutrophils promote adhesion of neutrophils to endothelium, attract other neutrophils, monocytes and esinophils and capillaries by secreting: . / ~ (a) cytokines (c) Iymphokines ~ leucotrienes are

I&V

:2 :2

(b) 45 115. 0
(d. 0: 10 is made up of five (d) IgD and most known as

' (d) rnonokines

(c) 50: 45: 5

bnormal

22. This class of antibodjes immunoglobuyn units: (a) IgG

31. Liver necrosis and muscular dytrophy caused by the lack of this trace element: (a) arsenic (c) zinc 32. According . to Allen) (b/mOIYb~enUm ,~) to conserve seleneium body heat:

4f 19M

(c) IgA

munity nunity

23. One of t tie t, best preserved complete hominid fossil commonly 'Lucy' belongs to genus: (a) Oreopithecus (c) Pithecanthropus (a) h oenzyme me

.'re

mammals in cold regions (legs,. tails and ears)

(b) Dryopithecus

~)

smaller extremhr~s

\Jd'f Australopithecus
enzyme is: (b) isoenzyme (d) co-enzyme

(b) longer extremities (c) larger body mass (d) smaller body mass 33. Photochemical smog is caused rry.ediated reaction between: ~) N02 and imburnt hydrocarbons (b) N02 and 03 (c) S03 and imburnt hydrocarbons (d) S02 and 03 by a light

24. The protein part of a conjugated a oenz erms are

25. An association between two individuals or populations where both are benefited and where neither can survive without the other is: (a) commensalism (b) amenslism mutual ism

sicle

(c) proto-cooperati0JtY1'

[MBBS-183]

34. Myelin of the nerve fibres of the central nervous sYyem is produced and maintained by:

y>

42. High frequency sound waves vibrate the basilar me7brane: (fii{ near the oval window (b) near the helicotrema (c) in the middle of cochlea (d) from oval window to helicotrema converts stranded 43 ..This enzyme present in retroviruses single stranded RNA into a double viral DNA: (a) Transcriptase (c) RNA polymerase

50. In the Kre system ope

oligodendrocytes

(b) astrocytes (d) Schwarm cells (b) palatine (d~mer of smooth synthesis microtubule production cortex

'(c) microglia (a) lacrimal (c) nasal

(a) Succiny (b) u- ketog

(c) Succinic (d) Fumaric 51. The dimens (a) ML~ r" (c) ML2

35. This facial bone is impaired:

36. One of the chief Yu~ctions endoplasmic reticulum is: (a) protein synthesis 37. All sensory pathways synapse at the: (a) pons "-('C)thalamus ~pid (c) enzyme production(d)

r"

'f15)Reversetranscriptase (d) DNA polymerase the active

to the cerebral (b) hypothalamus (d) cerebellum

44. In the extrinsci clotting pattiway factor VII activates factors"

52. In a vernier is x cm an coincide wl scale. The Ie (a) ~ (c)

n:
x

38. In the earthworm:

(a) integumentary are exonephric (b) pharyngeal enteronephric (c) pharyngeal exonephric (d) integumentary enteronephric and pharyngeal and and septal septal nephridia nephridia (b) Corbett nephridia are

53. If1,

c Kanha

(d) 8andavgarh and the ECG then the first

x, y and z-a between the to: . . (a) 510-' ~I -

.t
'

n
and k

t e heart sound reconding ecordings are superimposed heart sound would occur at:

and septal

are

(a) at the P wave (b) just after the P ~ave (c) just before the QRS complex ~t after the QRS complex drug is 47. Cyclosporin A an immunosuppressive produced by: (a) Aspergillus (b) Manascus (c) Penicillium J;;f11richoderma niger purpureus notatum polysporum

F3

39. Which of the following

statements

is correct?

(a) Water reabsorption in desceBilng Hmb of loop and collecting duct oce r ufie!er similar conditions. (b) Sodium reabsorptio in ascending limb of loop and.collec i' ciuc occur under similar conditions. (c) Water reabsorption in descending of loop and c H cting duct occur under different conditions. (d) Water reabsorption in descending limb and sodium reabsoption in ascending limb of loop occur under similar conditions. 40. In the yy~hal sta e of cockrpamthe hormone 1 secreted

(c) cos-/ ~

V3

54. A particle go semicircle 0 in the figure velocity oftl (a) 3.14m/s (b) 2.0 m s (c) 1.0 m/s (d) zero 55. A body starti constant rate it decelerates to rest finally. the maximu given by: (a) --b a+ (c) --I a+b

48. Deuterostome
(a) chordates ~chordates

condition and indeterminate radial cleavage are characteristics of: and arthropods and echinoderms and echinoderms arthropods and annelids .

bp .

juv~nile ,

(c) arthropods (d) ohordates,

(a) co~por~ ~a;diac.v(b)orp(jra

allata

(c) prothoraeic gland (d i.!)jercer@IDl'1land cells g

41. In a -;:esting person, saturation

as blood leaves approximately: (a) 75% (b) 40%

of haemoglobin the tissue capillaries is (c) 3% (d) 46%

49. 'In humans per cent of body weight of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins respectively is: (a) I, 15, 17 (c) 7,17,15 (b) 15,17,7 (d) 17,15,7

ab

mIl

2ab

rols

[MBBS-184]

the basilar

50. In the Krebs cycle the FAD electron transport s~stem operates during the conversion of: (a) Succinyl CoA to succinic (b)
(1-

acid' CoA

ketoglutarate

to succinyl

(c) Succinic acid to fumaric acid

56. A ball is project vertically upwards with a certain intial speed. Another ball of the same mass is projected at an angle of 60 with the vertical with the same initial speed. At highest points of their journey, the ratio of their potential energies will be: (a) I: I

a
s converts e stranded nscriptase ymerase the active I the Indian

(d) Fumaric acid to malic acid 51. The dimensions of electrical resistance (a) ML2 T-2 A2 (b) ML2 A-2 are:

(b) 2: I

(c) 3 : 2

(d) 4: 1

r'

(c) ML2 T-J A2

(d) ML2 T-2 A-2

52. In a vernier callipers, one main scale division is x cm and n divisions of the vernier scale coincide with (n - I) divisions of the main scale. The least count (in ern) of the callipers is: (a) ~ (c) 53. If

57. A 10 kg stone is suspended with a rope of breaking strength 30 kg wt. The minimum time in which the stone can be raised through a . /' height 10m starting from rest is (taking g = 10 N/kg): (a) 0.5 seconds (c) ~

"

n: Jx
I

nx
(b) (n -1)

../3 second's .

x (d)
(n - 1)

rh the ECG the first

x, y and a-axes respectively, then the angle between the vectors i+ + Ie and i + is equal

n
and

J, .j

Ie

represent

unit vectors along the

58. Two bodies A (j of masses 10 kg and 15 kg respect 'I J ept on a smooth, horizontal surface etie to the ends of a light string. If T repjesents the tension in the string when a h rizo tal force F = 500 N is applied to A (as hown in Fig. I) and T' be the tension when it i applied to B (Fig. 2), then:
10 kg F~ 15 kg

to: . (b) sin-<Jf).~ (d) 90 ~

Fig. I
10 kg .~OON 15 kg

e drug is

54. A particle goes from point semicircle of radius 1.0 1.0 s, as shown in the figure. The- agl:litude of the average velocity of the p;mic1e is: .

Fig. 2

Which of the following . (a) T (c) T

=

is true?

T' ~ 500 N

erminate

(a) 3.14 mls (b) 2.0 m s . (c) 1.0 mls

(d) zero
A B

(b) T = T' = 250 N = 200 N, T' = 300 N (d) T = 300 N, T' 200 N
=:;

f:

ds eight of pectively

55. A body starting from rest, accelerates at a constant rate a rn/s? for s'ome time after which it decelerates at a constant rate b m/s? to come to rest finally. If the total time elapsed is t see, the maximum velocity attained by the body is given by:

59. Ten one-rupee coins are put on top of each other on a table. Each coin has a mass m. Which of the following statement is not true? (a) The force on the 6th coin (counted from the bottom) due to all coins on its top is equal to 4 mg(downwards). (b) The force on 6th coin to 7th coin 4 mg (downwards ). (c) The reaction of the 6th coin on the 7th coin is 4 mg (upwards). (d) The total force on the 10th coin is 9 mg (downwards ).

ab (a) --b t mls a+ 2ab (c) ---I rn/s. a+b

(b) -b-t mls (d) 2ab

ab . aa-b

tm/s
[MBBS-185]

60. Two springs A and B are identical but A is harder than B (k . > kB). Let W A and W B represent the work done when the springs are stretched through the same distance and W' A and W' B are the work done when these are stretched by eaqual forces, then which of the following is true: (a) WA> WB and W'A = W'B (b) WA> WB and W'A < W'B (c) WA> WB and W'A > W'B (d)' W A < Wand B (a) A body energy (b) A body momentum' W' A <W'
B

65. Two small' and heavy spheres, each of mass M, are places a distance r apart on a horizantal surface. The gravitational potential at the midpoint on the line joining the centres of the spheres is: (a) Zero (b) _ GM
r

71. A box (ther separated I contains al other of v membrane will be: (a) ~ T (c) T 72. The diam~ fraction ot volume occ (a) 6 x 10-' (c) 4 X 10-1 73. The van de gases is gi Which oft different fr (a) PV 74. The transvei at both end! y
=

(c) - 2 G~

(d) _ 4 G~

6 J. Identify the wrong statement: can have can momentum energy without without in an elastic in an

66. The temperature coefficient of resistance of the material ofa wire is 0.00 I per DC.Its resistance at 300 K is I ohm. Atwhat temperature will the resistance of the wire b 2 ohm? (a) 781 K (b) 1025 K c

1 ,4 K(d)

1327 K

have

(c) The momentum collision (d) Kinetic energy inelastic collision

is conserved

67. A wire of length L an cross-section area A is made of a material <>: iXoung's modulus Y. The work done in stretcl1ing the wire by an amount x is. give by.: (a) ~

is not conserved

(b) YAx~
2L (d) YA U 2x

62. In the rectangular lamina shown in the fighure, AB = BCI2. The moment of inertia of t11: lamina is minimum along the axis passing through:
A

....... ".._

Y/!{ U x

8. When water flows at a rate Q through a tube of

radius r placed horizontally, a pressure difference p develops across the ends of the tube. .If the radius of the is doubled and the rate flow halved, the pressure difference will be:

0.06 sin

(a) AB
(b) BC (c)EG (d) FH

'~------~------~:'
c
the rati{) of its rotational e ic energy is given by:

v and x are . wavelengt superposing (a) 2 m, 120 3 (c) 2 m, 120

75. Two bodies suspended f constants k, oscillate suo are equal, osci lIation a

(a) 8 p
B

(b) p

63. If sphere is rolling energy to the total

69. A capillary tubeof radius r is immersed in water and water rises in it to a height h: The mass of
water in the capillary tube is 5 g. Another capillary tube of radius 2r is immersed in water. The mass that will rise in this tube is: (a) 2.5 g (b) 5.0 g (c) 10 g (d) 20 g 70. An ideal monatomic gas is taken through the thermodynamic states ABC D via the paths shown in the figure. If U A' UB, and represent the internal energy of the gas in states A, B, C, and D respectively, then which of the following is not true:

(a) 7 : 10 (b

~5

(c) 10 : 7 (d) 2 : 7

64. Read the ti Uowin s: S I: An object shall weigh more at pole than at equator when weighed ~y usaing a physical balance: S2: It shall weigh the same at pole and equator when weighed by using a physical balance.

(a)

!L
k;

u,

u,

S3: It shall weigh the same at pole and equator

when weighed by using a spring balance. S4: It shall weigh equator when balance (a) SI and S2 (c) S~ and SJ more at the pole than at weighed using a spring (b) SI and S4 (d) S2 and S4

76. The adjacent on an insula hollow sphe centre of thl point such t field at poin

(a) UA

u,
u,

Q
(a) 4n (b)'
EoX2

~ 2 P

(b)UB<UA (c) UB =

J:
t

4n

E rl

(d) U(' > Uo

[MBBS-186]

2T
-+ Temperature

(c) 0 (d) none of tl

h of mass horizantal at the mides of the

71. A box (thermally insulated) has two chambers separated by a membrane. One of volume Y contains an ideal gas at temperature other of volume (~ Y) is evacuated. T. The If the

77. An electron is released from the bottom plate A as shown inthe figure (E = 104 N/C). The velocity of the electron when it reaches plate B will be nearly equal to: (a) 0.85 x I07 rnI s B, -;-;---;-.,..--.,..--.,..---;--;--;--;--;-; (b) 1.0 x 107 m/sl+J:J,;
(c) 1.25 x 10 rnIs (d) 1.65 x 107 mls
7 A

membrane breaks down, the gas temperature will be: (b) 2T/3 (a) ~ T mce of the resistance ature will I) 1327 K area A is IusY. The n amount
(c) T

I L L J dJ J 1
E=IO'N/C

j+ J + J + J + J I,

(d) none of the above

72. The diameter of oxygen atom is 3A. The fraction of molecular volume to the actual volume occupied by oxygen at STP is: (a) 6 x 10-28 (b) 6 x 10-23 10 (c) 4 X 10(d) 4 x 10-4 73. The van der Waals' equation of state for real gases is given as P + ~2 (Y - b) = nRT Which of the following terms has dimensions different from that of energy?
(a) PY (b)
~2

78. Consider a parallel plate capacitor with plates 20 ern by 20 cm and separated by 2 mm. The dielectric constant of the material between the plates is 5. The plates are connected to a voltage sources of 50 V. l'he energy density of the field between lie plates will be close to: (b) 1.95 J/m3 (c) 1.38 l/Q!a 79. A (d) 0.69 J/m3 aHel plate capacitor is charged and the arging battery is then disconnected: If the pates of the capacitor are moved further apart by means. of insulating handles, then which of the following is not correct? decreases increases stored in the

(c) ~~

(d) bP

74. The transverse displacement at both ends is given by

i a tube of

of a string fixed
t)

pressure ds of the tl and the nee will

0.06 sin --

27t

cas (120

7t

1fZ}

v and x are in metres and t in seconds

'wavelength and frequency superposing waves are: (a) 2 m, 120 Hz (b) ~ m, 6Q Hi
(c) ~ m, 120 Hz

The of the two

(a) the capacitance

(b) the charge on the capacitor (d) the electrostatic capacitor increases energy

(c) the voltage across the plates increases

(d) 3 m,6

inwater massof Another inwater.

75. Two bodies A and B 0 ~ual masses are suspended from two s arate springs of force constants k, and k, r spec'tively. If two bodies oscillate such that th ir maximum velocities are equal, the ratio of the amplitude of oscillation of A and B will be: . k, .it; 76. The adjacent diagram shows a charge + Q held on an insulating support S and enclosed by a hollow spherical conductor. 0 represent the centre of the spherical eonductor and P is a point such that OP = x and Sp = r. The electric field at point P wi II be: Charge + Q on
msulating support

80. If electron in a hydrogen atom has moved from n = I to n = 10 orbit, the potential energy of the system has: (a) increased (b) decreased (c) remained unchanged (d) become zero 81. An electron is moving on circle of radius 0.5 A with a frequency of 5 x 1016 Hz in anticlockwise direction. The equivalent loopcurrent is: (a) 4.0 mA (clockwise) (b) 4.0 mA (anti-clockwise) (c) 8.0 rnA (clockwise) (d) 8.0 mA (anti-clockwise)

r:20 g
r,ughthe he paths and Uo instates chof the
B

(a)!L k;

(b)

1I .JI;

(c) k2

(d)

[k;

Q (a)
47t E

x2

c
2T emperature

(b)'

....... x

47t E

r2

(c) 0

(d) none of the above

[MBBS-187] .

82. The external diameter of a 314 rnlong copper tube is 1.2 ern and the internal diameter is J ern. Calculate its resistance if the specific resistance of copper is 2.2 x 10-s ohm-meter: (a) 5.0 x 10-2 ohm (b) 4.4 x 10-2 ohm . (c) 3.14 X 10-~ ohm (d) 2.2 x 10-~ ohm 83. In the meter bridge experiment shown in the figure, the balance length AC corresponding to null deflection of the galvanometr isx. What would be the balance length if the radius of the wire AB is doubled?
(a) 4x (b) 2x (c) x (d) ! 2
B

87. A coil of metal wire is kept stationary in a nonuniform magnetic field: (a) an emf and current are both induced in the coil (b) a current but no emf is induced in the coil (c) an emfbut no current is induced in the coil (d) neither emf nor current is induced in the coil 88."Two resistances of Ion and 20 n and an inductor of inductance 5 H are connected to a battery of2 V through a key K as shown in the figure.
~20 0

92. Which of the spherical surface. seH (a) Therefled (b) The refle (c) The refra (d) There are 93. A wave trave It is partly r~ phase differ refracted wa (a) Zero
(1:1

R,

R,

84. A long, straight wire is turned into a loop of radius J Ocm (see figure). If a current of8 amperes is passed through the loop, then the value of the magnetic field and its direction at the centre C of the loop shall be close to:

2V
:=;

At time . , 0, hen the key K is closed the initial current through the battery is (a) 0.2 A (b)
2 T5 A

(c)

I T5 A

(d) 0

8 ampere

(a) 5.0 x 10-5 newton I (amp-meter), up ard (b) 3.4 x 10-5 newton I (amp-meter), upward (c) 1.6 x 10-5 newton I (amp- eter), downward (d) 1.6
x

89. ~ LCR series circuit with R = 100 n is connected to a 200 V, 50 Hz a.c. source. When only the capacitance is removed, the voltage leads the current by 60. When only the inductance is removed, the current leads the voltage by 60. The current in the circuit is:
(a) 2A (b) IA

10-5 newton I (atP,-

. eter), upward

(c)

"1"
=

(d) ~

85. An electron enters into'a region of uniform magnetic field of Sfr ngth' 10 webers/m? with a speed of3 x 107 m/s. Which of the following is not possi Ie? (a) The electron mayor not experience an acceleration. (b) The electron may experience an acceleration but can continue to move with same speed. (c) The electron may experience an ancceleration and continue to move with same velocity. (d) The kinetic energy of the electron remains . unchanged. 86. A cyclotron is used to accelerate protons, deuterons, a-particles etc. If the energy attained, after acceleration, by the protons is E, the energy attained by a-particles shall be: (a) 4E (b) 2E (c) E (d) E/4

90. The magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic field is given by

By

10-7 sin (0.5 x 103

+ 1.5

1011/) T

The expression for the slectric field may be given by: (a) E, = 2 X 10-7 sin (0.5 x 103 Z + 1.5 x 10" /) VIm (b) Ex= 2 X 10-7 sin (0.5 x IDl z + 1.5 X 10" t) Vim (c) Ey = 60. sin (0.5 x I OJ Z + 1.5 x 10" t) V1m (d) Ex = 60 sin (0.5 x 103 Z + 1.5 x 10" t) Vim 91. Monochromatic light of wavelength 589 nm is incident from air on a water surface. The refractive index of water is 1.33. The wavelength Of the refracted light is: (a) 589 nm (b) 443 nm (c) 333 nm (d) 221 nm

94. A beam of Ii distant sourc and the resul on a screen 1 the first dar central brigh (a) 2.4 mm (c) 2.4 cm 95. Two coheren intensities I maximum a beam intensit (a) 51and 0 (c) 91and I 96. Light of freq surface of woi potential of p (a) 1.6 (b) 97. An element A two step proc A ~ B + 2He4 B ~ C + 2eThen: (a) A and Car (b) A and C an (c) A and 8 are (d) A and Bare 98. The binding en MeV per nucl has binding en Then in the rea
~H

{MBBS-188]

the energy Q is: (a) 33.0 MeV (c) 23.8 MeV

r in a nonced in the n the coil n the coil ed in the 1 and an ected to a wn in the 92. Which of the following statement is true, when spherical waves fall on a plane refracting surface, separating two media? (a) The reflected waves form spherical wave fronts (b) The reflected waves form plane wave fronts (c) The refracted waves form plane waves fronts (d) There are no refracted waves 93. A wave travelling in air falls on a glass plate. It is partly reflected and partly refracted. The phase difference between the reflected and refracted waves is: (a) Zero (b) ~
I

99. Assuming the diodes to be of silicon with forward resistance zero, the current I in the following circuit is:

(a) 0
(b) 9.65 mA (c) 10 mA (d) 10.35 mA 100. When asoild with a band gap has a donor level just below its empty energy band, the soild is : (a) an insulator (b) a conductor (c) p-tupe sem i cond uctor (d) n-type semi conductor 10 I.The radius of the first Bohr orbit of the H atom is r. Then the radius. offirst orbit of Li2~will be:

(c) 71:

(d) 271:

osed the

o
00 o is 'e. When
voltage
I

94. A beam of light of wavelength 600 nm from a distant source falls on a single slit I rnrn wide and the resulting diffraction pattern is observed on a screen 2 m away. The distance between the first dark fringes on either side of the central bright fringe is: (a) 2.4 rnrn (b) 1.2 mrn (c) 2.4 cm (d) 1.2 cm . 95. Two coherent monochromatic light beams of intensities I and 41 are superposed. The maximum and minimum possible resulting beam intensities are: (a) 51 and 0 (c) 91 and I (b) 51 and 31 (d) 91 and 31

(a) r/9

(h r/3

(c) 3r

(d) 9r

I02.The rnolar] y 0 a solution obtained by mixing 800 ml 0 0.5 M HCI with 200 ml of 1M HCI

wit be:
(a) L03.

0.8 M (b) 0.6 M (c) 0.4 M (d) 0.2 M

etherial solution of alkyl halide is heated with sodium metal. The reaction is known as: Reaction Reaction

nly the

'~

(a) Frankland's (b) Sandmeyer's

eads the uit is:

96. Light of frequency 10,5 Hz falls on metal surface of work function 2.5 eY. estopping potential of photoelectrons irrvolts is: agnetic (a) 1.6 .(b) 2.5 (c) 4.1 (d) 6.6 C by a 97. An element A decays into an'el.ement two step process 1 2kO A ~ B + 2He4 B ~ C + 2eThen:
II II 1 1

(c) Wurtz - Fitting Reaction (d) Wurtz Reaction 104. What is (are) number(s) of unpaired electrons in the square planar [Pt (CN)4P- ion? (a)Zero (a) neutral (c) basic 106.0rder of reactivity substitution reaction (b) I solution (c) 4 of borax is: (b) acidic (d) amphoteric towards nucleophilic of the. commpounds (d) 6 105.An aqueous

a" t) T
may be

= E=20Y

t)Vlm t)V/m

(a) A and C are isobars (b) A and C are isotopes (c) A and B are isotopes (d) A.and B are isobars

t) Vim t) Vim

~'

~NO'

NO~NO'

9 nm is e. The 3. The

98. The binding energy of deuteron (~H) is 1.15 MeV per nucleon and an alpha particle (~He) has binding energy of 7.1 MeV per nucleon. Then in the reaction ~H + ~H ~ ~He + Q the energy Q is: (b) 28.4 MeV (a) 33.0 MeV (c) 23.8 MeV (d) 4.6 MeV

ii , is: (a) i > ii > iii > iv (b) ii > i > iii > iv (c) iv> iii > ii > i (d) iii > iv > ii > i

iii

iv

[MBBS-189]

107.The five d-orbitals are designated. as dxY)I:-d , , d ., d " and d; Choose the correct statement:
.1'_ X_-J _ --

(a) The shapes of the first three orbitals are similar but that of the fourth and fifth orbitals are different. (b) The shapes of all five d-orbitals are similar. (c) The shapes of the first four orbitals are similar but that of the fifth orbitals is different. (d) The shapes of all five d-orbitals are differnet. 108.Arrange in decreasing order, the 'energy of 2s orbital in the following atoms.
H, Li, Na, K

114.Which physical property in the alkali metal group increases with atomic number? (a) melting point (b) electronegativity (c) hydration enthalpy(d) density liS. Which among the following is not a borane? (a) B2H6 (c) B4HIO I16.[Fe(CN)6P- ion is:
(a) hexacyanoferrate

122.Which ofthe of preparatiot

(a) CH)CH""':

NH-

H)O

(b) B3H6 (d) none of these

(b) CH)COCI (c) CH2

= CHj

(a) E2S(H)> E2S(Li) E2S(N') E2S(K) > > (b) E2s(H) > E2S(N') E2s(Li) E2s(K) > > (c) E2s(H) > EZS(N') E2s(K) > E:!s(Li) > (d) E2s(K) > EZS(N') EZs(Li) E2s(H) > > 109.Arrange the following compound decreasing order of their boiling points. CH)CHO, CH1CHPH, CHpCH), (a) CH)CH:!CH3 < CHPCH3 CH)CHpH' (b) CH)CH2CH) CH3CH:!OH -: CH)CHO
< CH1CHO

(II) ion (b) hexacyanoferrate (III) ion (c) hexactanide iron (III) iop (d) iron (III) hexacyanide i m 117.Which of the given t.opetties depend on the manner in which c . ge is brought about? (i) ~E (ii)
(a) ~E (0 ~)

(d) All the abc 123.increasing or F-, 02-, Na+,A (a) 02- < F- <
(b) AJ3+ < Na'

(jri~
(b) q & ~E . (d) w (only)

(c) 02- < Na' < (d) AJ3- <F- < 1

(c) q & w in

CH)CH:!CH) .,<0

118.TQ ollowing pair of solutions are expected to be isotionic at the same temperature: ,aj0.2 M urea and 0..2 M NaCI (b) 0.1 M urea and 0.2 M MgCI2 (c) 0.1 M NaCI and 0.1 M Na2S04 (d) 0.1 M Ca(NO)2 and 0.1 M Na2S04 119. Three element A, Band C crystallizes into a cubic soild lattice. Atoms A occupy the corners, B atoms the cube centres and C atoms the edges. The formula of the compound is: (a) ABC (b) ABC2 (c) ABC) (d) ABC4 120.When equal volumes of AgNO) and NaCI solutions are mixed, the precipitation of AgCl(Ksp = 1.8 x 10-1) will. occur with: (a) IO-)M (Ag") and 1O-IOM(Ci-) (b) 10-sM (Ag+) and IO-SM(CI-) (c) 10-6M (Ag") and 1O-5M(CI-) (d) 10-4M (Ag+) and IO-4M(CI-) 121.Consider the following reactions.
)

I24.Probability of surface is: (a) Unity (b) I 125.The units ofd equation is:

< CH) . >

(a) dm? at":' rne (c) dm atm mol

I26.Entropy chang

(c) CH3CH2CH3 > CH)CHO CH)CHpH (d) CH)CHpH CH)CH2CH) > CH)C

Hp(l) ~ HP~ at normal pressi

110.Among TiF~-, Co are colourless

12and Nicl;- which

L\Ssystem-22.11 = L\Ssurr +22.0.5, = the. process is nc (a) L\Ssystem is-v

(c) ~Su is

(a) Cu2Clran ~i I~- (b) CoF!- and NiCI~(c) CoF!- and 'fiF~(d) TiF~- and Cu2CI2 111.Which of the following sidplaces Br2 from an aqueous solution containing bromide ions?
(a) CI(b) ci, (c) I~ (d) 12

('surr' stands fo: universe) 127.1n the following

He

112. Which of the following planar geometry? (a) sp'd (b) dsp '

hybridization Cd)
Sp3

has

H CCI
)

OH

) fAg (NH)2r OH

(c) dsp?

II. H)CCHO

113.Which of the following compound of chlorine contain both ionic and covalent bonds? (a) NaCI (c) PCI) (b) NaCl04 (d) POCI)
[MBBS-190]

HI. H)CC02C2Hs OH ) Carboxylic acid is the final product only in the reactiorus): (a) I, 11 (b) 11, III (c) 11 (d) III

anomeric carbon (a) I (b) 2

ali metal r? ativity borane? ese

122. Which of the following is the industrial method . of preparation of acetaldehyde? SnCI2 . _ (a) CH3CH HCI ) CH)CH H 0+ NH~CH)CHO d (b) CH3COCI + H2 B:S 0 ) CH3CHQ + CHI
4

128. Which of the following (a) H)c--Q-s02NHCH3 (b) H3C-o-S02N(CH)2 (c) H3C-Q--NH2 (d)H3~HCH3

is sodium hydroxide?

(c) CH2 = CH2 + Hp (d) All the above

Pd+\CH3CHO

I23.1ncreasing order of ionic radii for the ions, F-, 02-, Na+, AP+ is:

129.Which one of the following reactive in SN2 reaction? (a) ~CI

will be most CI

nd on the
t about?

(a) 02- < F- < Na' < AP+

(b) AP+ < Na' < F- < 02(c) 02- < Na' < F- < AP+ (d) AP+ <F- < Na' < 02I24.Probability offinding surface is: (a) Unity (b) Low I25.The units of constants equation is: (a) drn" atn;t mol? (c) dm atm mol' I26.Entropy Hp(l) ~ an electron at the nodal (c) High (d) Zero

130. Which on~c . tij.e following species is involved in the sulp onation of aromatic hydrocarbons? (a (>eJ

expected re:

SO;

(b) dil.H2S04 '(d) SO)

I~

'a' in van der Waals'

l\ yperconjugation effect is also known as: (a) Baker-Nathan effect

(b) No bond resonance (c) both (a) and (b) (d) None of these I32.Predict the main product NH/CuP ) in .

4 into a es
cupy the Catoms und is:

(d) atm mol:'

changes for the process, HP(s)

at normal pressure and 274K ~Ssystem -22.13 = ~Ssurr = +22.05, (a) ~S system i -~ (c) ~SlI is~ the. process is non-s.
<.

@_ CI
because: is + ve (c) aniline
surr

..(b) ~S

(a) phenyl cyanide

(b) nitrophenol (d) hydroxylamine

taneous

(d) ~SsyS~ ~Ssurr and 'u' stand for

('surr' stands for surrounding universe) 127.ln the following structure,

133.The order of reactivity of the alkenes (CH3)2C = CH2(1), CH)CH = CH2(1I) & CH2 = CH2 till) when subjected to acid catalyzed hydration is: (a) 1>11>111 (c) III > II > I I34.Products Me2C are: (b)I>III>1I (d) II > I > III reaction ?

HOCH2

of the following

i) 0) CHCH) -------~) ii) (CH)2S

(a) CH3CHO + CH3COOH nly in the anomeric carbon is: ) III (a) I OH (b) Me2CO + CH3CHO (c) Me2CO + CH)COOH (d) 4
[MBBS-191]

(b) 2

(c) 3

(d)2

Me2CO .

135.K & K' are the equilibrium p p. two reactions, given below iN2(g) + ~H2(g) . NH3(g) N/g) + 3H1(g) . 2NH,(g)

constants

of the

14i. Which chemical

characteristic adsorption? adsorption

is not associated is irreversible

with

149.1n Nap

havin

(a) chemical

(b) forms monolayer (c) not very specific (d) heat of adsorption> 50 kJ mol:'

(a) Oxide ion' arrangemen tetrahedral (b) Oxide ions arrangemen octahedral (c) Na ' ions I arrangem octahedral (d)' Na' ions h and 02- occ 150.Solubility (s) 0 product is give (a) s = (K (c) s=(K
sp
)1/3

Therefore, K p & K' P are related by: (a) K & K'2 (b) K & ..JK'
p p P

143.Which of the groups has highest + I effect? 136.Critical temperatures of u,o, NH3, CO2 and (a) H1C (b) CH3CH2 0, are 647 K, 405.6 K, 304.10 K and 154.2 K . (c) (CH)2CH (d) (CH1)3C respectively. Ifthe cooling starts from 500 K to their critical temperature, the gas that liquefy first is: 144.For.the following reaction, i) Mg, Etp (a) Hp (b)NH, . (c) CO2' (d) 01 ) [A] I>-Br 137.Rate of the given reaction: ii) CO2 (s) ~ :: '. rl =.05 iii) H3 X (I) A +B--'-----product [A] is: (2) X + B r2 = .89 . Y (a) I>-ceo (3) Y + A --"-----

.(c) K p & 2K' p

(d) K p & K' p

r,=-.OOI r4
=

sp

14jlll

(AY) (c
i

(4)AY+B~----AYB

0.10

"':~-;-<l

151.1n calotropis, p (d) I> of standard aq) 0 0 hydrogen electrode (a) alternate (c) whorled 152.The famous ~ located in: (a) India (b)

will be determined by: (a) Step I : because the reaction starts with the

145. he potential : (a) ~G~(H+,

is zero. This implies that:

= =

formation of X
(b) Step 2 : because it is the fastest step (c) Step 3 : because it is the slowest st (d) Step 4 : because it ends the reaction, I38.TIle critical temperatures of O; N;, bi2 -aqdC01 are 154.3 K, 126 K, 33.2 K and 304 K. The extent of adsorption on tungsten may be highest in case of: (a) H1 .

(b) ~H~(Ht, aq) (c) ~G~(H+, (d) ~G~(H+; I46.The following value. (b) Mechanism always final. (c) Zero order

aq) < 0 aq) > 0 is the .correct statement: has always an integral proposed is

153.Rhizopho
(a) p. p roots c pneumatoph 154.When placenta f suture of the ov on this ridge fo placentation is t (a) marginal (c) parietal 155.An exampteQf
I

(a) Order of a reaction

(b) N2

(~t

.2

(d) C01 .
is prepared

139.Which of the followjngjJolymer from caprolactum? (a) Nylon 6 (c) Nylon 6 _

of a reaction reaction

(b) Nylon 610 (d) Nylon II

1

can be multi-step . even

reaction. (d) Order of reaction without knowing

140.The standard reduction potentials for Cu +/Cu and Cu1-/Cu+ are 0.3:37 and 0.153 V respectively. The standard. electrode potential of Cu/Cu half cell is: (a) 0.184 V (b) 0.827 V (c) 0.521 V (d) 0.490 V 141.A gas X at I atrn is bubbled through a soluton containing a mixture of I MY- and I MZ- at 25oC. If the reduction potential ofZ> Y> X, then: (a) Y will oxidize X but not Z (b) Y will oxidize both X and Z (c) Y will oxidize Z but not X (d) Y will reduce both X and Z

can be predicated the rate law.

(a~ lupin (b) soy! 156.ln drupe o(crl (a) fleshy ~ fij 157.The plant cornrn nuts and pulp 0 termed as: (a) fibres (b) tra I58.Conjoint and clo ph~m parench

147.1f pK" ofacetic acid and pKb of ammonium hydroxide are 4.76 each. The pH of ammonium acetate is: (a) 7 (c) more than 7 (b) less than 7 (d) zero

148. Reaction that have standard free energy change less then zero always has equilibrium constant to be: (a) unity (c) less than unity

ell)

greater than unity

(d) zero'

-.vr

rnonocot ste

(c) dieot stem

1MBBS-192]

ted with 49.ln Nap having anti fluorite structure: (a) Oxide ions have a cubic close packed arrangement and Na" occupy all the eight tetrahedral voids. (b) Oxide ions have a cubic close packed arrangement and Na" occupy all the eight octahedral voids. (c) Na ' ions have a cubic close arrangement and 02- occupy octahedral voids. packed all the 159.Axoneme having 9 + 2 doublet microtubule arrangement is found in: (a) cilia (b) flagella . (ctcilia and flagella (d) centriole 16~tem may function for: (a) storage, support and vegetative propagation (b) protection (c) spread all the above 16l.Jn chlorophyll' structure four pyrole uj)Ated with Mg by their atoms of:

r:

effect?

J
~)

rings are

(d)' Na" ions have a cubic close arrangement and 02- occupy all the tetrahedral voids. ISO.Solubility (s) of Caf', in terms of its solubility product is given as:

(b) C

(c) H

(d)

(a) s = (K sp )'/3 g
(c) s
=

(b) s . (d) s phyllotaxy

= (K sp 12)1/3
=

(K,/4jl/3

(Ks/2)112 is:

151.1n calotropis, (a) alternate lectrode . (c) whorled 152. The famous located in::t: (a) India (b)

0.0aves

162.An alternate CO2 fixati n echanism was found in some tropica s of grass family by Hatch and Slac were from: (a) England (b) US stralia (d) New Zealand 163.The fixatio a eduction of CO2 occur in presenc 0: (a) ATP .

~opposite (d) none of the above botanical garden of KEW

:If an NADPH im:~ r::E)PH, chlorophyll and water ('d~. TP, NADPH and light

c)

6'4 The Shromosome

ngland (c) Germany (d) Fr . as: (b) sti I roots (d) modified
(i)

153.Rhizopho
(a) p, p roots

with centromere situated close to its end forming one extremely short and one very long arm is know as: . (a) etacentric (b) submetacentric ..,acrocentric (d) telocentric ' ost of the water flow in the root takes place via the apoplast because:

t:
integral osed is

c pneumatophores

r ets

165

154. When placenta forms a ridge suture of 'the ovary and t on this ridge forming place.ntation is ter~~~!i (a) marginal (c) parietal 155.An example of 156.1p drupe o(c~nut (a) fleshy ~ fibrous

g t e ventral

es are borne s, the type of

lti-step
ed even onium monium

(a) (b) (c) (d)

cortical cortical cortical all the

cells ar~~JJI*ll~e~ cells are I ing cells cells are thin walled cells above

iliaceae family is: petunia (d) tulip' is: (d) watery the mesocarp (c) stony'

(a? lupin (b) soyabean-Ic)

157.The plant commonly found in fruit walls of nuts and pulp of some fruits like guava are termed as: ngeless nttobe: unity / (a) fibres (b) tracheidsqz) sclereids (d) vessels I 58.Conjoint and clo~ed vascular bundles with no phIj>tm parenchyma may be observed in:

166.The Environment (Protection) Act to protect and improve the quality of environment (air, water and soil) was passed by the Government of India in the year: ... / (a) 1971 (b) 1974 (c) 1981 ~ 1986 167.Sphagnum is commonly used as packing material for transshipment of living material due to its: . ~ ~. capacity to hold water (b) easy availability (c) nature as it can grow any where (d) all the above 168.During onJiKr bs cycle the number of CO2 molecules re ased is:

monocot

stem

(b) monocot (d) dicot root

root

(c) dicot stem

(a) 1
[MBBS-193]

(c) 3

(d) 4

I69.Laminaria and fucus (a) Chlorophyceae Jc)IPhaeophyceae 170~ typical angiosperm is eight nucleate and: ~a! rgle o/.seven celled celled

belong to: (b) Rhodophyceae (d) Cyanophyceae embryo sac at maturity (b) four celled (d) eight celled

181.1n a grassland ecosystem, if the number of primary producers is approximately 6 million plants the number of top carnivore which may be supported by it may be: (a) 3 (b) 30 (c) 6 (d) 60 on . I 82.The most widespread group of organisms eart belongs to, kingdon:

171.Assured seed set is PO~SSibl even in absence of pollinators when polli ion is: (a) Chasmogamous Cleistogamous (c) Geitogamous( d)Xenogamous 172.ln a mature embryo sac t~ central cell is: (a) single nucleate ~ binucleate (c) four nucleate (d) eight nucleate I 73.Endosperm may completely be consumed by the developing embryo before the seed maturation in: (a) pea (b) groundnut j,i) pea and groundnut (d) castor, pea and groundnut ['9(.In seven pairs of contrasting characters in pea plant studied by Mendel the number of flower based characters was:

Protista (c) Fungi (d) Plantae

a r
mea of:

roduction

in fungi may occur by

a, Sporangiospore, (b) Zoospore, (d) Oospore, I84.The athlete's due to: (a) bacteri (c) virus (c) Sporangiospore,

oospore and ascospore

and ascospore ascos

oospore ascospor

me

d basidiospore

, basidiospore in humans is called

foot disease ~ngi

19~

(d) none of above

(a) I

(p)2

(c) 3

(d) 4

185.Lact'c a '0 bacteria (LAB) at suitable teu perature converts milk to curd, which imp ove its nutritional quality by enhancing vit tnin: .--.. . A a-)" .~ (c) C (d) D 86.1solation of Bt gene from bacterium (Bacillus thuringiensisi was taken up in the year: (b) 1980 (c) 1987 (d) 1990

(~ (

175,During the study of incomplete dominanc n a cross between true breeding red flowers (R and true breeding white flowers (rr) n F, was self pollinated the resulted F2 rat~o e: (a) I(RR) red; 2(Rr) pink: I (rr) '1te (b) 2 (RR) red: I(rr) pink: I (rf ite (c) I (RR) red: I (Rr) pink :2'~rr white (d) 3 (RR) red: I (rr) whi 176.The number ofstop.;,c{'n;i!)n,swhich do not code for any amino acid is.

(a) 1977

187.Ina nucleotide having a cytosine base and linked to a suger by glycosidic bond at carbon number:

(a) I

(b) 2

(c) 4

(d) 5

188.Among the nitrogenous bases involved in DNA and R~ formation, the double ring base is: (a) Uraci~ Guanine (c) Thymine (d) Cytosine I 89.0xygen carrying capacity of human blood is reduced due to the pollution of: (a) CO2 ~O 190.An immobile (a) nitrogen (c) potassium (c) S02 element (d) 03 in plants is: (b) phosphorus ~calcium

(a) I

(b)

(c) 3

(d) 4
code

I77.From bacteria to men nearly universal for phenyl anl)1e is:

~UUU (b) UUA (c) UUG ' (d) CUU 178.The number of triplet codons having all the three bases same in 64 triplet codons is:

(a) 2

(b) 4

(c) 6

(d) 8
Institute (IRRI)

I 79.1nternational Rice Research is located " (a) japaAl(b) Philippines

(c) Mexico (d) India

191.A dominant gametophytic phase alternated by multicellular dependent sporophytic phase is represented by:

180.Poin mu~tion may occur due to: (a) alteration in DNA sequence . ~-change 111 single base' pair of DNA

(a) Chlamydomonas (c) Adiantum

I92.Starch (a) Hypodermis (c) Casparian [M88S-194] strip \/'

(b) Politrichum
(d) All of the above (b) Epidermis (d2ne of the above

sheath is another name of:

(c) deletion ora seglllef\TOfDl'JA (d) gain of a~grnentln' DNA

he number of tely 6 million re which may

193.The rnicorubules from opposite poles of the spindle get attached to the kinetochores of sister chromatids in: (a) Prophase II (b) Metaphase II (c) Anaphase II (d) None of the above 'I 94.For the same amount of CO2 fixed, a C4 plant, in comparison with a C) plant, loses only: (a) (b) (c) (d) half amount of water equal amount of water double amount of water None of the above

~)

K.aIJ'I"
I

(b) Karyokinesis (c) Formation dependent

nests is not

(d) 60
organisms on . i (d) Plantae ay Occur by ascospore pore basidiospore pore ans is called

of liquid

endosperm

r-

.'

upon karyokinesis

and cytokinesis

(d) None of the above 98.The enzymes ribulose biphosphate carboxylase-oxygenase and phosphoenol pyruvate carboxylase are activated' by:

195Jn the cell walls of the guard cells, cellulose mi')Pfibrils are oriented: ' &radiall (b) transversely y (c) tangentially (d) obliquely 196.Methanogens, growing anaerobically cellulosic material, produce: (a) methane (b) methane and carbon dioxide (c) ~hane ,J.9f'fuethane, and hydrogen carbon dioxid and hydrogen on

t~~,tMg (b) Zn (c) Mo (d) Mn 199.Appearance of brown spots surrounded by chlorotic veins, is a prominent toxicity
symptom of: 'jM"Mn (b) Mo (d) Zn 200.Biomagnification 0 DT in an aquatic food chain startill& from water having a concentr eating (~) 2 RPm

above at suitable urd, which enhancing (d) D

tio
ira,

-.~.....J.J.,..---_

rm (Bacillus
year:

~r)
0

0.003

ppm may go, in fish

pto:

25 ppm (c) 50 ppm (d) 100 pp'm

(d) 1990
e base and d at carbon

[d) 5
volved in ringbase is: tl)Cytosine n blood is

uj
r
I
/

us ernated by c phase is

m
above

e above